WO2024065118A1 - Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024065118A1
WO2024065118A1 PCT/CN2022/121491 CN2022121491W WO2024065118A1 WO 2024065118 A1 WO2024065118 A1 WO 2024065118A1 CN 2022121491 W CN2022121491 W CN 2022121491W WO 2024065118 A1 WO2024065118 A1 WO 2024065118A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
variable
sequence
probability distribution
value
probability
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/121491
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李源
原帅
秦康剑
张华滋
王俊
杜颖钢
闫桂英
马志明
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
中国科学院数学与系统科学研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司, 中国科学院数学与系统科学研究院 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/121491 priority Critical patent/WO2024065118A1/en
Publication of WO2024065118A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024065118A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M7/00Conversion of a code where information is represented by a given sequence or number of digits to a code where the same, similar or subset of information is represented by a different sequence or number of digits
    • H03M7/30Compression; Expansion; Suppression of unnecessary data, e.g. redundancy reduction
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a decoding method and a communication device under a non-finite field.
  • the basis pursuit (BP) algorithm is usually used to recover the real signal from the adopted data.
  • the sampling matrix is used to complete the signal reconstruction through multiple iterations.
  • the sampling matrix of the BP algorithm is randomly generated and the matrix is not fixed.
  • the BP algorithm has the problem of many iterations and high computational complexity in the signal reconstruction process.
  • the present application provides a decoding method and communication device under a non-finite field, which can solve the problem of high decoding complexity caused by iterative decoding, thereby improving decoding efficiency.
  • the present application adopts the following technical solutions:
  • a decoding method under a non-finite field is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a receiving device or a chip applied to the receiving device.
  • the following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of a receiving device.
  • the method comprises: the receiving device obtains a first sequence.
  • the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1.
  • N 1 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
  • the signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
  • the encoded sequence includes the value of the transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored.
  • the reliability of the bit to be restored is higher than the reliability of the transmission bit.
  • the receiving device can determine the value of the bit to be restored by recursive operation in combination with the signal probability distribution and the first set, rather than by iterative operation.
  • the receiving device can determine the decoding result. That is to say, in the above decoding process, the receiving device performs one operation for the value of each position, there is no iterative operation processing process, and the decoding complexity is low.
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a real number sequence
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a complex number sequence
  • the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, including: determining a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, and then determining the decoding result according to the decoding path.
  • the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence, so that the receiving device determines the decoding result based on the decoding path.
  • the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path is the same as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence, where i is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1 .
  • the receiving device uses the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path.
  • the number of bits to be recovered in the encoded sequence is N 2 , where N 2 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the value of the jth bit to be recovered in the decoding path corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics to improve the accuracy of decoding.
  • Each decoding metric in the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items: signal probability distribution, and the value of each position before the jth bit to be recovered in the decoding path.
  • j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
  • each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value.
  • the first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
  • the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network
  • the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer
  • the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network
  • the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
  • the coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to n-th layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1-th layer of the coding network is used to output the encoded sequence.
  • s is a positive integer less than or equal to n.
  • t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the s-th parameter set, each parameter in the s-th parameter set indicates a position in the s-th layer, and the number of positions indicated by the s-th parameter set is N/2.
  • the decoding metric is determined by the receiving device using the f operation and the g operation, and the f operation can be used to perform a convolution operation, and the g operation can be used to perform a conditional probability operation.
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the set of first variables
  • P represents the probability distribution of the first variables
  • a i represents the i-th first variable in A
  • p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i
  • I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the jth second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • C represents the set of third variables
  • F represents the probability distribution of the third variables
  • c k represents the kth third variable in C
  • f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k
  • K represents the number of third variables
  • the values of the K third variables are different from each other.
  • c k is one of the IxJ values
  • fi,j p i q j , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j .
  • f k is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of L values
  • L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  • the IxJ values may be different from each other; or, the IxJ values may be all the same; or, some of the IxJ values may be the same, and the other values may be the same or different.
  • the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the set of first variables
  • P represents the probability distribution of the first variables
  • a i represents the i-th first variable in A
  • p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i
  • I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the jth second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • C represents a set of third variables
  • represents a first value of the third variable
  • P( ⁇ ) f.
  • P( ⁇ ) represents the value of the probability distribution of the third variable at ⁇ .
  • the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • B represents the second variable
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability
  • the outputs of the f operation include: The probability distribution of .
  • C represents the third variable, and the probability distribution of C satisfies:
  • ⁇ U ⁇ P ⁇ Q
  • ⁇ U represents the third variable taken from The probability. Indicates that the third variable is taken from In the case of , the probability that the third variable is cm is f m .
  • U represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the third variable. and U are determined based on A and B.
  • the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
  • the values of the M third variables are different from each other.
  • cm is one of the IxJ values
  • fi,j p i q j , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j .
  • c m is the same as L values among IxJ values
  • f m is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of L values
  • L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  • the IxJ values may be different from each other; or, the IxJ values may be all the same; or, some of the IxJ values may be the same, and the other values may be the same or different.
  • the Gaussian parameter matrix U satisfies:
  • K represents the number of first combinations.
  • the first combination is a partial combination of IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations, the Gaussian components of the K first combinations are different from each other, and the IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations include the following three items:
  • G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • the receiving device can determine the continuous part of the f operation.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • B represents the second variable
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability
  • C represents the third variable
  • the fourth item is the support ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ of the discrete part of C.
  • the elements in the support ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ are different from each other.
  • the outputs of the g operation include: exist D represents the fourth variable.
  • the conditional probability distribution of the output of the g operation is determined based on ⁇ and the support set ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ .
  • the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
  • conditional probability distribution of the g operation includes a discrete part.
  • G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • conditional probability distribution of the g operation includes both discrete and continuous parts.
  • each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value.
  • the first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
  • the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network
  • the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer
  • the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network
  • the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
  • the coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain the coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence.
  • s is a positive integer less than or equal to n.
  • t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
  • the decoding metric is determined by the receiving device using the f operation and the g operation, and the f operation can be used to perform a convolution operation, and the g operation can be used to perform a conditional probability operation.
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • fP represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • the outputs of the f operation include: The sampling matrix U of .
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • d(t,P) represents the discretization function of the first variable, Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
  • the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following three items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • fP represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • C represents a third variable
  • represents a first value of the third variable
  • the outputs of the g operation include: exist
  • the conditional probability distribution V at ; D represents the fourth variable,
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
  • the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
  • a communication device which may be a receiving device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the receiving device; the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the method, which may be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, executes the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instruction.
  • the communication device can be the receiving device in the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the receiving device.
  • the communication device described in the third aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver may be used for the communication device described in the third aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the third aspect may be the receiving device described in the first aspect, or may be a chip (system) or other parts or components that can be arranged in the receiving device.
  • a chip in a fourth aspect, includes a processing circuit and an input/output interface.
  • the input/output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip can be a chip that implements the function of a receiving device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run a computer program or instruction to implement the method in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a communication system in a fifth aspect, includes a transmitting device and a receiving device.
  • the transmitting device is used to perform a Hadamard transform on a sequence to be encoded to obtain a coded sequence.
  • the transmitting device is also used to send the coded sequence.
  • the receiving device is used to receive the coded sequence and determine a first sequence based on the received coded sequence.
  • the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N1 , where N1 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the receiving device is also used to determine a decoding result based on a signal probability distribution, a first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence.
  • the signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the coded sequence.
  • the receiving device is also used to execute the method in any possible design of the above first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium comprising: a computer program or instructions; when the computer program or instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the methods in any one of the above aspects.
  • a computer program product comprising a computer program or instructions, which, when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the methods in any one of the above aspects.
  • a circuit system wherein the circuit system includes a processing circuit, and the processing circuit is configured to execute any method in any of the above aspects.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a basic flow of wireless communication provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an encoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a decoding process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of another decoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of another decoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a flowchart of a decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9a is a flowchart of another decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9b is a schematic diagram of a function gradient provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a flowchart of another decoding method under a non-finite field provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a simulation result provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is another simulation result provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 1000 used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 1000 includes at least one network device (such as 110a and 110b in FIG. 1 ) and at least one terminal device (such as 120a-120j in FIG. 1 ).
  • the terminal device is connected to the network device wirelessly.
  • FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram, and other network devices may also be included in the communication system, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the network equipment can be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a next generation base station in the sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system; it can also be a module or unit that completes part of the functions of a base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU).
  • eNodeB evolved NodeB
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • gNB next generation base station
  • 5G fifth generation base station
  • 6G sixth generation
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • the CU completes the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) protocol and the packet data convergence layer protocol (PDCP) of the base station, and can also complete the function of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP);
  • the DU completes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part of the physical layer or all of the physical layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence layer protocol
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the DU completes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part of the physical layer or all of the physical layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence layer protocol
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the DU completes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part of the physical layer or all of the physical layer
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc.
  • the terminal device can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wearable device, a vehicle, a drone, a helicopter, an airplane, a ship, a robot, a mechanical arm, a smart home device, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment can be fixed or movable.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on the water surface; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and artificial satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the helicopter or drone 120i in FIG1 can be configured as a mobile base station.
  • the terminal device 120i is a network device; but for the network device 110a, 120i is a terminal device, that is, 110a and 120i communicate through the wireless air interface protocol.
  • 110a and 120i can also communicate through the interface protocol between base stations.
  • relative to 110a, 120i is also a network device. Therefore, network devices and terminal devices can be collectively referred to as communication devices.
  • 110a and 110b in FIG1 can be referred to as communication devices with network device functions
  • 120a-120j in FIG1 can be referred to as communication devices with terminal device functions.
  • Network devices and terminal devices, network devices and network devices, and terminal devices and terminal devices may communicate through authorized spectrum, unauthorized spectrum, or both; may communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), spectrum above 6 GHz, or spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz.
  • GHz gigahertz
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
  • the functions of the network device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the network device, or by a control subsystem including the network device function.
  • the control subsystem including the network device function here may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • the functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or by a device including the terminal device function.
  • FIG2 shows a basic process of wireless communication.
  • the information source is sent out after being sequentially coded, channel coded and modulated, and then transmitted to the receiving device through the channel.
  • the information destination is outputted sequentially through demodulation, channel decoding and source decoding.
  • the transmitting device is the terminal device in FIG1
  • the receiving device is the network device in FIG1.
  • the transmitting device is the network device in FIG1
  • the receiving device is the terminal device in FIG1.
  • the basic process of wireless communication also includes additional processes, such as precoding and interleaving. Since these additional processes are common knowledge to those skilled in the art, they are not listed one by one.
  • Non-finite field polarization is a technique that generalizes the polarization phenomenon from the binary field to the non-finite field (such as the real field or the complex field) to better achieve encoding and decoding.
  • SC successive cancellation
  • Polar code is a channel coding scheme that can be rigorously proven to asymptotically reach the Shannon capacity of a binary input channel. It has the characteristics of good performance and low complexity.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a typical source compression of an 8 ⁇ 8 polar code, and the compressed sequence on the left is divided into a received value and a value to be recovered according to their respective reliabilities.
  • the encoded sequence After encoding, the encoded sequence is obtained Generally, the bits with higher reliability are set as the value to be restored, and the bits with lower reliability are set as the received value, which need to be transmitted from the transmitting device to the receiving device.
  • the first four bits with higher reliability include: u 3 , u 5 , u 6 , u 7 , which are set as the value to be restored.
  • the last four bits with lower reliability include: u 0 , u 1 , u 2 , u 4 , which are set as the received value.
  • the source sequence It is compressed into u 0 , u 1 , u 2 , u 4 , and the 8-long sequence is compressed into a 4-long sequence, thereby achieving the source compression requirement.
  • Polar code decoding requires using the compression result (i.e., the received value) and the distribution of the original source sequence to sequentially restore the value to be restored (u 3 , u 5 , u 6 , u 7 ), and then convert the coded sequence Re-encoding to restore the original source sequence
  • Compressed sensing is a technique for finding sparse solutions in underdetermined linear systems. It has a wide range of applications in signal and image processing. In many practical problems in science and technology industries, people often need to recover the real signal from the sampled data. When the sampling system is linear, this problem can be regarded as a problem of solving a system of linear equations:
  • y ⁇ RM represents the sampled data, that is, a matrix with M rows and 1 column
  • a ⁇ RM ⁇ N represents the sampling matrix, that is, a matrix with M rows and N columns
  • h ⁇ RN represents the real signal, that is, a matrix with N rows and 1 column.
  • FIG. 4 shows a model framework of compressed sensing.
  • each square represents an element.
  • sparse signals are very common in practical engineering problems, compressed sensing technology is widely used, such as single-pixel imaging technology, magnetic resonance imaging technology, radar detection technology, etc.
  • compressed sensing technology is widely used, such as single-pixel imaging technology, magnetic resonance imaging technology, radar detection technology, etc.
  • BP Basis Pursuit
  • L 0 norm represents the number of non-zero elements in the sparse signal h
  • y represents the sampled data
  • A represents the sampling matrix
  • h represents the real signal. Since the above L 0 optimization problem is a non-convex optimization, it is difficult to find an efficient solution algorithm. In order to overcome this difficulty, the optimization problem can be relaxed and the L 1 norm can be used to approximate the L 0 norm, converting the problem into:
  • z i represents the non-zero elements in the sparse signal h
  • the L 1 optimization problem is a convex optimization.
  • a low-complexity iterative algorithm can be designed to solve the L 1 optimization problem.
  • the reconstructed signal is obtained.
  • This process of recovering the sparse signal h is called the BP algorithm.
  • the BP algorithm According to the theory of compressed sensing, under certain regular conditions, it can be proved that the BP algorithm can accurately recover any sparse signal h, which provides a theoretical guarantee for the reliability of the BP algorithm.
  • the BP algorithm is also the most common signal reconstruction method in practical applications.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding method under a non-finite field, which can be applied to the communication system of Figure 1.
  • a receiving device obtains a first sequence.
  • the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1.
  • N 1 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be coded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the coded sequence. That is, the coded sequence includes the value of the transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored. The reliability of the bit to be restored is higher than the reliability of the transmission bit. In this way, after obtaining the first sequence, the receiving device can determine the value of the bit to be restored by recursive operation in combination with the signal probability distribution and the first set. When the value of each transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored are known, the receiving device can determine the decoding result. In the above decoding process, the receiving device performs one operation for the value of each position, there is no iterative operation process, and the decoding complexity is low.
  • the sequence to be encoded refers to the sequence before the transmitting device performs encoding.
  • the encoded sequence refers to the sequence after the transmitting device encodes the sequence to be encoded.
  • the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence constitutes the first sequence.
  • the decoding method 500 under a non-finite field proposed in the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • S501 A transmitting device encodes a sequence to be encoded to obtain an encoded sequence.
  • the originating device In the uplink transmission, the originating device is the terminal device in Figure 1. In the downlink transmission, the originating device is the network device in Figure 1.
  • N 2, 4, 8, or 16.
  • the sequence to be encoded includes
  • the coded sequence includes at least one bit to be restored and at least one transmission bit.
  • the coded sequence includes N1 transmission bits and N2 bits to be restored.
  • N N1 + N2 , N1 and N2 are positive integers.
  • the reliability of the transmission bit is lower than the reliability of the bit to be restored, and the previous position of the first bit to be restored in the encoded sequence is the transmission bit.
  • the encoded sequence includes That is, the encoded sequence in FIG8 has 4 positions, numbered 0 to 3.
  • the value at the position of number 0 is z 0
  • the value at the position of number 1 is z 1
  • the values at the positions of other numbers can be deduced by analogy, which will not be repeated.
  • the number of transmitted bits is 2, namely the positions of number 0 and 2.
  • the number of bits to be restored is 2, namely the positions of number 1 and 3.
  • S502a The transmitting device sends the coded sequence to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device receives the coded sequence from the transmitting device.
  • the coded sequence is sent by the transmitting device after coding and modulation, and is transmitted to the receiving device through a channel.
  • the receiving device obtains the coded sequence after demodulation.
  • the transmitting device is the terminal device in Figure 1, and the receiving device is the network device in Figure 1.
  • the transmitting device is the network device in Figure 1
  • the receiving device is the terminal device in Figure 1.
  • S502b The receiving device determines a first sequence according to the received encoded sequence.
  • the first sequence includes the value of each transmission bit in the coded sequence.
  • the coded sequence includes N 1 transmission bits, and accordingly, the length of the first sequence is N 1 .
  • the first sequence includes [z 0 , z 2 ], that is, the first sequence includes the values of 2 transmission bits in the encoded sequence.
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence.
  • each value in the first sequence is a discrete value, such as the first sequence includes [0, 2].
  • each value in the first sequence is a continuous value, such as the first sequence includes [0.5, -0.67].
  • the receiving device executes S503:
  • the receiving device determines a decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
  • the signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded.
  • the signal probability distribution includes: X ⁇ [-1+1; 0.5 0.5], that is, in FIG. 8 Among the 4 positions, the probability of each position being -1 is 0.5, and the probability of each position being +1 is 0.5.
  • the signal probability distribution may be preconfigured.
  • the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
  • the first set includes ⁇ 0,2 ⁇ .
  • the first set ⁇ 0,2 ⁇ can be understood as that the positions of sequence numbers 0 and 2 in the encoded sequence belong to the transmission bits.
  • the first sequence includes [z 0 ,z 2 ]
  • the first value z 0 in the first sequence is at the position of sequence number 0
  • the second value z 2 in the first sequence is at the position of sequence number 2.
  • the first set may be preconfigured.
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a real number sequence, as described in the following examples 1 and 3.
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a complex number sequence, as described in the following example 2.
  • S503 includes S5031 and S5032:
  • the receiving device determines a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
  • the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence. Taking Figure 8 as an example, the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence, that is,
  • each position in the decoding path and the value at each position are introduced as follows:
  • the value of the transmission bit is the same as the value of the kth transmission bit in the first sequence, where k is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1. That is, the receiving device uses the value of the kth transmission bit in the first sequence as the value of the kth transmission bit in the decoding path.
  • the first transmission bit is the position of sequence 0, in, represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the decoding path (i.e., the position of sequence 0), and u0 represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the first sequence.
  • the value of the bit to be restored corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics, where j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
  • the first bit to be restored is the position of sequence number 1.
  • the conditional probability distribution is used as the decoding metric, the value at the position of sequence number 1 is -1, that is, in, Indicates the value of the first bit to be restored (i.e. the position of sequence 1) indicated by the decoding path.
  • Each of the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items:
  • the first item is the signal probability distribution.
  • the second item is the value of each position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path.
  • each position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path are all transmission bits.
  • each position before the jth bit to be restored includes: each transmission bit before the jth bit to be restored.
  • the position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path includes both transmission bits and bits to be restored. Accordingly, each position before the jth bit to be restored includes: transmission bits and bits to be restored before the jth bit to be restored.
  • FIG7 illustrates a decoding process.
  • the encoded sequence includes N positions, and the sequence of positions is 1 to N.
  • the decoding path indicates the value of the N positions, which is recorded as
  • S5031 includes the following steps:
  • the receiving device For the first position in the encoded sequence (i.e., the position of sequence number 1, or described as the first transmission bit), the receiving device performs step 2:
  • Step 2 The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution through the f operation to obtain the probability distribution of the value z 1 at the first position of the encoded sequence.
  • the receiving device determines
  • z1 represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the first sequence.
  • the receiving device For the positions after the first position, such as the i-th position (i.e., the position of sequence number i), if i is an odd number, the receiving device executes step 3a; if i is an even number, the receiving device executes step 3b:
  • Step 3a The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution and the values of the first i-1 positions through the g operation to obtain the g operation result, and then processes the signal probability distribution and the g operation result through the f operation to obtain the conditional probability distribution at the i-th position.
  • Step 3b The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution and the values of the first i-1 positions through the g operation to obtain the conditional probability distribution at the i-th position.
  • the value of the first i-1 position can be recorded as The conditional probability distribution at the i-th position can be written as
  • the receiving device determines whether the i-th position belongs to the first set. If so, the receiving device executes step 5. If not, the receiving device executes step 4. Steps 4 and 5 are described as follows:
  • Step 4 The receiving device determines the value of the i-th position
  • the value of the i-th position in the decoding path corresponds to the largest decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics.
  • Step 5 Determine the receiving device
  • z i represents the value of the i-th position indicated by the first sequence (the i-th position is the transmission bit).
  • step 6 For the receiving device, after the receiving device executes step 4 or step 5, if i is less than N, i is replaced by i+1 and step 3 is executed again. If i is equal to N, the receiving device executes step 6:
  • Step 6 Output of receiving device
  • the receiving device can obtain the decoding path through steps 1 to 6.
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable, as described in the following Example 1 (or Example 2, or Example 3).
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value of the third variable.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable, as described in Example 1 (or Example 3) below.
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value of the third variable.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable, as described in Example 2 below.
  • the first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
  • the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network
  • the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer
  • the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network
  • the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
  • the coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to n-th layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1-th layer of the coding network is used to output the encoded sequence.
  • s is a positive integer less than or equal to n.
  • t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the s-th parameter set, each parameter in the s-th parameter set indicates a position in the s-th layer, and the number of positions indicated by the s-th parameter set is N/2.
  • the receiving device performs N*n/2 f operations and N*n/2 g operations.
  • the specific process is as follows:
  • u s,t is the value of the tth position in the sth layer of the coding network.
  • u 1,1 ,...,u 1,N is the sequence to be encoded
  • u n+1,1 ,...,u n+1,N is the encoded sequence.
  • the parameter t is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N. is 0 or 1, which can be understood as is the binary representation of t-1. When t is greater than 1, Right now The position of the first 1 in .
  • the receiving device sequentially decodes u n+1,1 ,...,u n+1,N .
  • the receiving device When decoding u n+1,1 , the receiving device performs N-1 f operations, and when decoding u n+1,t , when t is greater than 1 and t is an even number, performs 1 g operation; when decoding u n+1,t , when t is greater than 1 and t is an odd number, performs g operations, f operations, specifically:
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable u n,t-1 , the probability distribution of the second variable u n,t , the probability distribution of the third variable, and the decoded value of the third variable
  • the output of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable u n+1,t , and then the decoded value is obtained.
  • the receiving device When decoding u n+1,t , t is greater than 1 and t is an odd number, the receiving device first performs g operations, i traverses from t to The input to the g operation consists of the first variable The probability distribution of the second variable The probability distribution of the third variable The probability distribution of, and the decoded value of the third variable
  • the output of the g operation includes the third variable
  • the receiving device performs f operation, j traverses from no t +2 to n, i traverses from t to t+2 nj -1, the input of f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable u j,i , the second variable
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable u j+1,i , and then the decoded value is obtained.
  • the coding network may be a butterfly structure.
  • the number of layers of the coding network log 2 N + 1.
  • N represents the length of the sequence to be coded.
  • the number of layers of the coding network is 3, as described in the following examples 1 to 3.
  • the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the decoding path.
  • the value indicated by the decoding path is recorded as Receiving device pair Perform inverse Hadamard transform to obtain the decoding result.
  • Example 1 both the first sequence and the decoding result are real number sequences.
  • the decoding process is described below using discrete values as an example:
  • FIG8 shows a decoding process under a non-finite field.
  • x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network.
  • y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network.
  • z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits
  • z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered
  • z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
  • the input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
  • the first item the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ].
  • the second item is the signal probability distribution.
  • the third item is the position number of the transmission bit ⁇ 0,2 ⁇ .
  • the output of the receiving device includes:
  • the f operation is used for convolution operation
  • the g operation is used for conditional probability operation.
  • the introduction of the f operation and the g operation is as follows:
  • the inputs to the operation f include the following two items:
  • A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the jth second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • the outputs of the f operation include:
  • C represents the set of third variables
  • F represents the probability distribution of the third variables
  • c k represents the kth third variable in C
  • f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k
  • K represents the number of third variables
  • the values of K third variables are different.
  • c k is one of the IxJ values
  • fi,j piqj
  • fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j .
  • c k is the same as L values among IxJ values
  • f k is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of the L values
  • L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  • the operation f includes step a1 and step b1:
  • Step a2 for different i,j, the calculated c i,j may be the same, and the c i, j with the same value are merged.
  • the merging can be understood as adding the fi ,j corresponding to the c i, j with the same value.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the jth second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • C represents a set of third variables
  • represents a first value of the third variable
  • P( ⁇ ) f
  • P( ⁇ ) represents the value of the probability distribution of the third variable at ⁇ .
  • the outputs of the g operation include:
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the receiving device performs an f operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 0 at the first position in the first layer of the coding network) and the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 2 at the third position in the first layer).
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer).
  • the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
  • the probability that x0 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x0 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the probability that x2 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x2 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the output of the f operation includes: The conditional probability distribution F.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the receiving device performs f operation
  • the input of f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 1 at the second position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 3 at the fourth position in the first layer), and the output of f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer).
  • the inputs of operation f include the following two items:
  • the probability that x1 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x1 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the probability that x 3 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x 3 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the output of the f operation includes: The conditional probability distribution F.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the receiving device performs an f operation
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer).
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 0 at the first position in the third layer).
  • the inputs of operation f include the following two items:
  • y0 is The probability that y 0 is 0 is 1/16
  • the probability that y 0 is 0 is 6/16
  • the probability that y 0 is The probability is 9/16.
  • y1 is The probability that y 1 is 0 is 1/16
  • the probability that y 1 is 0 is 6/16
  • y 1 is The probability is 9/16.
  • the output of the f operation includes: The conditional probability distribution F.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the receiving device performs a g operation
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 0 of the first position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 1 of the second position in the second layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 0 of the first position in the third layer), and the decoded value of z 0
  • the output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value z 1 at the second position in the third layer) in The conditional probability distribution at .
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • y0 is The probability that y 0 is 0 is 1/16
  • the probability that y 0 is 0 is 6/16
  • the probability that y 0 is The probability is 9/16.
  • y1 is The probability of y2 being 0 is 1/16, the probability of y1 being The probability is 9/16.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 0 at the first position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 2 at the third position in the first layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer), and the decoded value of y 0
  • the output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer) in The conditional probability distribution at .
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the probability that x0 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x0 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the probability that x2 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x2 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the output of the g operation includes: In the known The conditional probability distribution G.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 1 at the second position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 3 at the fourth position in the first layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer), and the decoded value of y 1
  • the output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer) in The conditional probability distribution at .
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the probability that x1 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x1 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the probability that x 3 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x 3 is 1 is 3/4.
  • the output of the g operation includes: In the known The conditional probability distribution G.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the receiving device performs an f operation
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer), and the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 2 at the third position in the third layer).
  • the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
  • y2 is The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is The probability is 1/2.
  • y 3 is The probability of y 1 is 1/2, and y 1 is The probability is 1/2.
  • the output of the f operation includes: The conditional probability distribution F.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 2 at the third position in the third layer), and the decoded value of z 2
  • the output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value z 3 at the fourth position in the third layer) in The conditional probability distribution at .
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • y2 is The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is The probability is 1/2.
  • y 3 is The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is The probability is 1/2.
  • the output of the g operation includes: In the known The conditional probability distribution G.
  • the receiving device obtains the decoding result
  • Example 2 the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence.
  • the decoding process is described below using continuous values as an example:
  • FIG9a shows a decoding process under a non-finite field.
  • x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network.
  • y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network.
  • z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits
  • z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered
  • z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
  • the input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
  • the first term the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ].
  • z 0 0.50
  • z 2 ⁇ 0.67.
  • the second item is signal probability distribution.
  • the signal probability distribution includes: x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are independent and identically distributed, and obey a bimodal Gaussian distribution with a variance of 0.1.
  • ⁇ (x; ⁇ , ⁇ ) represents a Gaussian distribution density function with a mean of ⁇ and a variance of ⁇ .
  • the third item is the transmission bit position number ⁇ 0,2 ⁇ .
  • the output of the receiving device includes:
  • the sampling matrix P of the density function f X (x) is a 2 ⁇ (n+2) matrix that stores the sampling interval and the values of the density function f X (x) at the sampling points, that is:
  • a represents an endpoint value of the sampling interval, and the value of the density function f X (x) at the endpoint a is 0.
  • the value of the density function f X (x) at the sampling point c i is p i .
  • b represents another endpoint value of the sampling interval, and the value of the density function f X (x) at the endpoint b is 0.
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the 1st row and 1st column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the endpoint value a.
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the 1st row and n+2th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the endpoint value b.
  • P 1,i represents the element in the 1st row and i-th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the sampling point c i-1 .
  • P 2,j represents the element in the 2nd row and j-th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the sampling point p i-1 .
  • the discretization function d(x,P) is a step function approximation of the density function fX (x), as shown in FIG9b.
  • the input to the f operation includes the following three items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • fP represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • the third item is the number of sampling points n.
  • the outputs of the f operation include:
  • the process of determining the sampling matrix U through the f operation includes:
  • Step 1 determine the sampling point:
  • Step 2 For the i-th sampling point, calculate the sampling value near the i-th sampling point
  • d( ⁇ , ⁇ ) is a discretization function, see the introduction of formula (3-2), which will not be repeated here.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • fP represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • C represents the third variable
  • represents the first value of the third variable
  • the fourth item is the number of sampling points n.
  • the outputs of the g operation include:
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
  • the g operation involves:
  • Step b1 determine the sampling point
  • the above-mentioned first variable to fourth variable can refer to the introduction of S5031, which will not be repeated here.
  • Example 2 the steps in Example 2 (the following preprocessing steps, S21 to S28) are introduced:
  • Preprocessing Sample the signal probability distribution to obtain the sampling matrix P.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following three items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: The sampling matrix U.
  • f 1 0.1636
  • f 2 0.1966
  • f 3 0.1966
  • f 4 0.1636.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following three items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: The sampling matrix U.
  • f 1 0.1636
  • f 2 0.1966
  • f 3 0.1966
  • f 4 0.1636.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following three items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: The sampling matrix U.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the output of the g operation includes:
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the output of the f operation includes:
  • g 1 0.3019
  • g 2 0.0123
  • g 3 0.0123
  • g 4 0.3019
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the output of the g operation includes:
  • g 1 0.2525
  • g 2 0.2525
  • g 3 0.2525
  • g 4 0.2525
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following three items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: Sampling matrix U.
  • f 1 0.1487
  • f 2 0.1557
  • f 3 0.1557
  • f 4 0.1487.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the output of the g operation includes:
  • the receiving device can get an estimate
  • Example 3 both the first sequence and the decoding result are real number sequences.
  • the decoding process is described below using continuous values as an example:
  • FIG10 shows a decoding process under a non-finite field.
  • x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network.
  • y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network.
  • z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits
  • z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered
  • z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
  • the input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
  • the first term the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ].
  • z 0 0.60
  • z 2 -0.60.
  • the second item is the signal probability distribution.
  • the signal probability distribution P is 0.5 ⁇ 0 +0.5 ⁇ (x; 0, 1), that is, P is taken from 0 with a probability of 0.5, and from the Gaussian distribution with a probability of 0.5, and the signal sparsity is 0.5.
  • the third item is the position number of the transmission bit ⁇ 0,2 ⁇ .
  • the output of the receiving device includes:
  • Each column of the matrix P represents a Gaussian component
  • the first row represents the mean
  • the second row represents the variance
  • the third row represents the proportional coefficient. It is easy to understand that the mixed Gaussian distribution remains a mixed Gaussian distribution after the f and g operations, but the mean and variance change.
  • the f operation is used for convolution operation
  • the g operation is used for conditional probability operation.
  • the introduction of the f operation and the g operation is as follows:
  • the inputs to the operation f include the following two items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability, Indicates that the second variable is taken from In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • the outputs of the f operation include: The probability distribution of .
  • the f operation includes the following steps:
  • Step 2 determine the discrete part:
  • Step 3 determine the continuous part:
  • Step 4 merge the continuous parts:
  • Gaussian components May be the same, merge the same Suppose there are K Gaussian components after merging ( ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 1 ),...,( ⁇ K , ⁇ K , ⁇ K ), let make
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability, Indicates that the second variable is taken from In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • the fourth term is the support of the discrete part of C ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ .
  • the elements in the support ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ are different from each other.
  • the outputs of the g operation include: exist The conditional probability distribution of . Where D represents the fourth variable.
  • the processing steps of the g operation include:
  • the processing steps of the g operation include:
  • Step 1 determine the proportion of discrete parts:
  • Step 2 determine the discrete part:
  • Step 3 determine the continuous part:
  • Step 4 merge the continuous parts:
  • the Gaussian components ( ⁇ ij , ⁇ ij ) may be the same, and the same ( ⁇ ij , ⁇ ij ) are merged.
  • the above-mentioned first variable to fourth variable can refer to the introduction of S5031, which will not be repeated here.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following two items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: Distribution.
  • the output of operation f can be recorded as: y 0 ⁇ 0.25 ⁇ 0 +0.75U.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the input of operation f includes the following two items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: Distribution.
  • the output of operation f can be recorded as: y 1 ⁇ 0.25 ⁇ 0 +0.75U.
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: Distribution.
  • the output of the f operation can be recorded as: z 0 ⁇ 0.0625 ⁇ 0 +0.9375U.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the fourth term is the support ⁇ 0 ⁇ of the discrete part of z 0 .
  • the receiving device determines:
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the fourth term is the support ⁇ 0 ⁇ of the discrete part of y 0 .
  • the receiving device determines:
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the fourth term is the support ⁇ 0 ⁇ of the discrete part of y 1 .
  • the receiving device determines:
  • the receiving device performs f operation.
  • the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
  • the output of the f operation includes: Distribution.
  • the receiving device performs g operation.
  • the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
  • the fourth term, the support of the discrete part of z 2 is ⁇ -0.6, 0.6, 0 ⁇ .
  • the receiving device obtains the decoding result
  • Example 3 the receiving device uses the recursive structure of Hadamard transform to recover the sparse signal. Compared with the traditional BP algorithm, the decoding process of Example 3 does not require iteration, has low complexity, and has better signal recovery effect.
  • the horizontal axis is the compression rate (i.e., the ratio of the number of bits retained after compression to the total number of bits), and the vertical axis is the compression performance, i.e., the normalized mean square error (NMSE).
  • NMSE normalized mean square error
  • the execution subject of the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field can be a receiving device, such as a decoder in the receiving device, or other modules capable of implementing the decoding function.
  • the receiving device is taken as an example for introduction.
  • the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to source decoding or channel decoding.
  • the source coding can be encoded using Hadamard transform.
  • the channel coding can be encoded using Hadamard transform, and in addition to Hadamard transform, other technologies still need to be used for processing to complete channel coding.
  • w (w 0 ,...,w K-1 ).
  • the originating device performs the following steps (steps 1 to 3 below):
  • Step 1 The transmitting device determines the codeword index according to the message sequence.
  • the codeword index It can be understood that the message sequence w is the binary representation of the codeword index I.
  • Step 2 The transmitting device determines the sequence to be encoded according to the codeword index.
  • sequence to be encoded i ⁇ I which can be understood as, in the sequence to be encoded x, the value of the I+1th position is 1, and the remaining positions are 0.
  • the length of the sequence to be encoded is: 2 K -1.
  • Step 3 The transmitting device encodes the sequence to be encoded to obtain an encoded sequence.
  • the transmitting device performs Hadamard transform on the sequence to be coded x to obtain the coded sequence
  • the transmission bit sequence is ⁇ i 0 ,...,i M-1 ⁇ , 1 ⁇ M ⁇ 2 K .
  • the first sequence i.e., the value of the transmission bit
  • the sequence number of the transmission bit can be ⁇ 0, 2 ⁇ , that is, the position of sequence number 0 and the position of sequence number 2.
  • the first sequence is
  • the receiving device obtains the following three pieces of information:
  • ni represents the normally distributed noise with mean 0 and variance a2 , 0 ⁇ i ⁇ M-1.
  • the signal probability distribution P may be a bimodal Gaussian distribution, denoted as Where ⁇ (x; ⁇ , ⁇ ) represents the Gaussian distribution density function with mean ⁇ and variance ⁇ 2 .
  • the sequence number of the transmission bits is ⁇ i 0 ,...,i M-1 ⁇ .
  • the receiving device performs the following steps (steps 4 to 6 below):
  • Step 4 The receiving device determines the decoding result based on the received value r, the signal probability distribution P and the sequence number of the transmission bit.
  • step 4 can be referred to the introduction of example 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 4 the decoding result of step 4 is recorded as
  • Step 5 The receiving device determines an estimate of the codeword index based on the decoding result.
  • Step 6 The receiving device determines the message sequence based on the estimated codeword index.
  • the receiving device determines The binary representation of the message sequence for The binary representation of .
  • the decoding method 500 under a non-finite field in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to channel decoding.
  • the received value can be understood as the value of the transmission bit indicated by the first sequence.
  • the receiving device receives the encoded sequence from the transmitting device and determines the first sequence according to the received encoded sequence. For details, see the introduction of S502a and S502b, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication device 1300 includes: a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
  • Fig. 13 only shows the main components of the communication device 1300.
  • the communication device 1300 may be applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of a receiving device in the method shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to obtain a first sequence.
  • the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1 .
  • N 1 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the processing module 1301 is used to determine the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
  • the signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a real number sequence
  • the first sequence is a real number sequence
  • the decoding result is a complex number sequence
  • the processing module 1301 is used to determine a decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, including: determining a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
  • the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence; and determining a decoding result according to the decoding path.
  • the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path is the same as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1 .
  • the number of bits to be restored in the encoded sequence is N 2 , where N 2 is a positive integer less than N.
  • the value of the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among the multiple decoding metrics.
  • Each decoding metric in the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items: signal probability distribution, and the value of each position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path.
  • j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
  • each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value of the third variable.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable.
  • the first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
  • the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network
  • the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer
  • the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network
  • the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
  • the coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain a coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence.
  • s is a positive integer less than or equal to n.
  • t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the set of first variables
  • P represents the probability distribution of the first variables
  • a i represents the i-th first variable in A
  • p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i
  • I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the j-th second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • the outputs of the f operation include:
  • C represents the set of third variables
  • F represents the probability distribution of the third variables
  • c k represents the kth third variable in C
  • f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k
  • K represents the number of third variables
  • the values of K third variables are different from each other.
  • c k is one of the IxJ values
  • fi,j piqj , fi ,j represents the occurrence probability of c i,j .
  • f k is equal to the sum of the occurrence probabilities of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the set of first variables
  • P represents the probability distribution of the first variables
  • a i represents the i-th first variable in A
  • p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i
  • I represents the number of first variables.
  • B represents the set of second variables
  • Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables
  • b j represents the j-th second variable in B
  • q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j
  • J represents the number of second variables.
  • C represents a set of third variables
  • represents a first value of the third variable
  • P( ⁇ ) represents a value of the probability distribution of the third variable at ⁇ .
  • the outputs of the g operation include:
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • B represents the second variable
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability
  • the outputs of the f operation include:
  • the probability distribution of . C represents the third variable, and the probability distribution of C satisfies:
  • ⁇ U ⁇ P ⁇ Q .
  • ⁇ U represents the third variable taken from The probability. Indicates that the third variable is taken from In the case of , the probability that the third variable is cm is f m .
  • U represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the third variable. and U are determined based on A and B.
  • the values of the M third variables are different from each other.
  • cm is one of the IxJ values
  • fi,j piqj
  • fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j .
  • c m is the same as L values among IxJ values
  • f m is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of the L values
  • L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  • the Gaussian parameter matrix U satisfies:
  • K represents the number of first combinations
  • the first combination is a partial combination of IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations
  • the Gaussian components of the K first combinations are different from each other
  • G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • ⁇ P represents the first variable taken from The probability
  • P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • B represents the second variable
  • ⁇ Q represents the second variable taken from The probability
  • the outputs of the g operation include: exist D represents the fourth variable.
  • the conditional probability distribution of the output of the g operation is determined based on ⁇ and the support set ⁇ c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M ⁇ .
  • G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable
  • P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
  • G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable
  • Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  • each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
  • the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
  • the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value.
  • the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value.
  • the first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
  • the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network
  • the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer
  • the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network
  • the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
  • the coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain a coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence.
  • s is a positive integer less than or equal to n.
  • t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
  • the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • f P represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • the outputs of the f operation include:
  • sampling matrix U of . C represents the third variable
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • d(t,P) represents the discretization function of the first variable, Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
  • the input to the g operation includes the following three items:
  • A represents the first variable
  • f P represents the density function of the first variable
  • P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable
  • B represents the second variable
  • f Q represents the density function of the second variable
  • Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable
  • C represents a third variable
  • represents a first value of the third variable
  • the outputs of the g operation include:
  • conditional probability distribution V at ; D represents the fourth variable
  • P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P
  • Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q.
  • P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a sending module (not shown in FIG. 13 ).
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 1300 .
  • the communication device 1300 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 13 ), which stores a program or instruction.
  • the processing module 1301 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1300 may perform the function of the receiving device in the method shown in any one of FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
  • the processing module 1301 involved in the communication device 1300 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, which can be a processor or a processing unit;
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, which can be a transceiver or a transceiver unit.
  • the communication device 1300 can be a receiving device, or a chip (system) or other parts or components that can be set in the receiving device, or a device including the receiving device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the technical effects of the communication device 1300 can refer to the technical effects of the method shown in any one of Figures 5, 6, or 7, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG14 is a second structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a receiving device, or a chip (system) or other component or assembly that may be provided in the receiving device.
  • a communication device 1400 may include a processor 1401.
  • the communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1402 and/or a transceiver 1403.
  • the processor 1401 is coupled to the memory 1402 and the transceiver 1403, such as by a communication bus.
  • the processor 1401 is the control center of the communication device 1400, which may be a processor or a general term for multiple processing elements.
  • the processor 1401 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present application, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • the processor 1401 may perform various functions of the communication device 1400 by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 1402 , and calling data stored in the memory 1402 .
  • the processor 1401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the communication device 1400 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 1401 and the processor 1404 shown in FIG. 14. Each of these processors may be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (e.g., computer program instructions).
  • the memory 1402 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 1401.
  • the specific implementation method can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the memory 1402 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 1402 may be integrated with the processor 1401, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1401 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 14 ) of the communication device 1400, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transceiver 1403 is used for communication with other communication devices.
  • the communication device 1400 is a receiving device, and the transceiver 1403 can be used to communicate with a transmitting device.
  • the communication device 1400 is a transmitting device, and the transceiver 1403 can be used to communicate with a receiving device.
  • the transceiver 1403 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 14 ), wherein the receiver is used to implement a receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement a sending function.
  • the transceiver 1403 may be integrated with the processor 1401, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1401 via an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 14 ) of the communication device 1400 , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the structure of the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and the actual communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • the technical effects of the communication device 1400 can refer to the technical effects of the method described in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • processors in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced SDRAM
  • SLDRAM synchronous link DRAM
  • DR RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware or any other combination.
  • the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media sets.
  • the available medium can be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium can be a solid-state hard disk.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or communication device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Error Detection And Correction (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a decoding method in a non-finite field, and a communication apparatus, which can solve the problem of high decoding complexity caused by iterative decoding, thus increasing the decoding efficiency, and same can be applied to a communication system. The method comprises: a receiving-end device acquiring a first sequence, wherein the first sequence comprises values of transmission bits in an encoded sequence, the first sequence has a length of N1, the encoded sequence is the sequence of a sequence to be encoded after same has been encoded, the sequence to be encoded has a length of N, N = 2n, n being a positive integer, and N1 being a positive integer less than N; and then, the receiving-end device determining a decoding result according to a signal probability distribution, a first set, and the values of the transmission bits in the encoded sequence, wherein the signal probability distribution comprises the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position, in the encoded sequence, of each value in the first sequence.

Description

非有限域下的译码方法及通信装置Decoding method and communication device under non-finite field 技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种非有限域下的译码方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a decoding method and a communication device under a non-finite field.
背景技术Background technique
在压缩感知(compress sensing,CS)中,通常采用基追踪(basis pursuit,BP)算法从采用的数据中恢复真实的信号。具体地,在BP算法中,使用采样矩阵通过多次迭代来完成信号重建。BP算法的采样矩阵是随机生成的,矩阵不固定的。并且,BP算法在信号重建过程中存在迭代次数多,运算复杂度高的问题。In compressed sensing (CS), the basis pursuit (BP) algorithm is usually used to recover the real signal from the adopted data. Specifically, in the BP algorithm, the sampling matrix is used to complete the signal reconstruction through multiple iterations. The sampling matrix of the BP algorithm is randomly generated and the matrix is not fixed. In addition, the BP algorithm has the problem of many iterations and high computational complexity in the signal reconstruction process.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种非有限域下的译码方法及通信装置,能够解决迭代译码所导致的译码复杂度高的问题,从而提高译码效率。为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:The present application provides a decoding method and communication device under a non-finite field, which can solve the problem of high decoding complexity caused by iterative decoding, thereby improving decoding efficiency. To achieve the above purpose, the present application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种非有限域下的译码方法。该方法的执行主体可以是收端设备,也可以是应用于收端设备的芯片。下面以执行主体是收端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:收端设备获取第一序列。其中,第一序列包括编码后序列中传输位的值,第一序列的长度为N 1。编码后序列是待编码序列经过编码后的序列,待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数。N 1为小于N的正整数。然后,收端设备根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果。其中,信号概率分布包括待编码序列的概率分布,第一集合指示第一序列中每个值在编码后序列中的位置。 In a first aspect, a decoding method under a non-finite field is provided. The execution subject of the method may be a receiving device or a chip applied to the receiving device. The following description is made by taking the execution subject as an example of a receiving device. The method comprises: the receiving device obtains a first sequence. The first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1. The encoded sequence is a sequence after the sequence to be encoded is encoded, and the length of the sequence to be encoded is N, N=2 n , and n is a positive integer. N 1 is a positive integer less than N. Then, the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence. The signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
在本申请实施例中,编码后序列包括传输位的值和待恢复位的值。待恢复位的可靠度高于传输位的可靠度。这样一来,收端设备在获取第一序列后,再结合信号概率分布和第一集合,即可通过递归运算确定待恢复位的值,而不是通过迭代运算确定的。在获知每个传输位的值和待恢复位的值的情况下,收端设备即可确定译码结果。也就是说,在上述译码过程中,收端设备针对每个位置的值执行一次运算,不存在迭代运算的处理过程,译码复杂度低。In an embodiment of the present application, the encoded sequence includes the value of the transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored. The reliability of the bit to be restored is higher than the reliability of the transmission bit. In this way, after obtaining the first sequence, the receiving device can determine the value of the bit to be restored by recursive operation in combination with the signal probability distribution and the first set, rather than by iterative operation. When the value of each transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored are known, the receiving device can determine the decoding result. That is to say, in the above decoding process, the receiving device performs one operation for the value of each position, there is no iterative operation processing process, and the decoding complexity is low.
在一种可能的设计中,第一序列为实数序列,译码结果为实数序列。In a possible design, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a real number sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,第一序列为实数序列,译码结果为复数序列。In a possible design, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,收端设备根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果,包括:根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码路径,再根据译码路径,确定译码结果。其中,译码路径指示编码后序列中每个位置的值,以使收端设备基于译码路径确定译码结果。In one possible design, the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, including: determining a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, and then determining the decoding result according to the decoding path. The decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence, so that the receiving device determines the decoding result based on the decoding path.
在一种可能的设计中,译码路径中第i个传输位的值,与第一序列中第i个传输位的值相同。其中,i为小于或等于N 1的正整数。 In one possible design, the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path is the same as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence, where i is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1 .
也就是说,收端设备将第一序列中第i个传输位的值作为译码路径中第i个传输位的值。That is, the receiving device uses the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path.
在一种可能的设计中,编码后序列中待恢复位的数量为N 2个,N 2为小于N的正整数。译码路径中第j个待恢复位的值对应多个译码度量中最大的译码度量,以提高译码的准确性。其中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是根据以下两项确定的:信号概率分布,译码路径中第j 个待恢复位之前每个位置的值。其中,j为小于或等于N 2的正整数。 In a possible design, the number of bits to be recovered in the encoded sequence is N 2 , where N 2 is a positive integer less than N. The value of the jth bit to be recovered in the decoding path corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics to improve the accuracy of decoding. Each decoding metric in the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items: signal probability distribution, and the value of each position before the jth bit to be recovered in the decoding path. Wherein, j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
在一种可能的设计中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的。In one possible design, each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
其中,f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布为第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布的卷积。g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第三变量的概率分布,以及第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。第一值是第三变量的译码值。The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value. The first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,第二变量为第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,第三变量为编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,第四变量为第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值。编码网络包括n+1层,编码网络的第1层用于输入待编码序列,编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列,编码网络的第n+1层用于输出编码后序列。s为小于或等于n的正整数。t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,第s参数集中的每个参数指示第s层中的一个位置,第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。 The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer. The coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to n-th layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1-th layer of the coding network is used to output the encoded sequence. s is a positive integer less than or equal to n. t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the s-th parameter set, each parameter in the s-th parameter set indicates a position in the s-th layer, and the number of positions indicated by the s-th parameter set is N/2.
也就是说,译码度量是收端设备采用f运算和g运算确定的,并且,f运算能够用于进行卷积运算,g运算能够用于进行条件概率运算。That is, the decoding metric is determined by the receiving device using the f operation and the g operation, and the f operation can be used to perform a convolution operation, and the g operation can be used to perform a conditional probability operation.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I。A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 The first term, A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,...,I. A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
第二项,B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J。B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 The second term, B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J. B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the jth second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
f运算的输出包括:C~F,F(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K。C表示第三变量的集合,F表示第三变量的概率分布,c k表示C中的第k个第三变量,f k表示第k个第三变量为c k的概率,K表示第三变量的数量,且K个第三变量的值互不相同。 The output of the f operation includes: C~F, F(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K. C represents the set of third variables, F represents the probability distribution of the third variables, c k represents the kth third variable in C, f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k , K represents the number of third variables, and the values of the K third variables are different from each other.
其中,c k为IxJ个值中的一个,IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下c i,j的值,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000001
f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率。在c k与IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f k等于L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。换言之,IxJ个值可以互不相同;或者,IxJ个值也可以全相同;或者,IxJ个值中的一部分值相同,其他部分的值可以相同,也可以不同。
Where c k is one of the IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000001
fi,j = p i q j , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j . When c k is the same as L values among IxJ values, f k is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ. In other words, the IxJ values may be different from each other; or, the IxJ values may be all the same; or, some of the IxJ values may be the same, and the other values may be the same or different.
也就是说,针对第一变量和第二变量是离散值的情况,f运算即可确定两个变量的概率分布的卷积运算结果。That is to say, when the first variable and the second variable are discrete values, the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I。A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 The first term, A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,...,I. A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
第二项,B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J。B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 The second term, B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J. B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the jth second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000002
C表示第三变量的集合,μ表示第三变量的第一值。
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000002
C represents a set of third variables, and μ represents a first value of the third variable.
第四项,P(μ)=f。P(μ)表示第三变量的概率分布在μ处的值。The fourth term, P(μ) = f. P(μ) represents the value of the probability distribution of the third variable at μ.
g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000004
处的条件概率分布G,G(d m)=g m,g m= p iq j/f,m=1,...,M,D表示第四变量的集合,G表示第四变量的概率分布,d m表示D中第m个第四变量,g m表示第m个第四变量为d m的概率,M表示第四变量的数量。
The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000003
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000004
The conditional probability distribution G at , G(d m ) = g m , g m = p i q j /f, m = 1,...,M, D represents the set of fourth variables, G represents the probability distribution of the fourth variable, d m represents the mth fourth variable in D, g m represents the probability that the mth fourth variable is d m , and M represents the number of fourth variables.
也就是说,针对第一变量、第二变量和第三变量是离散值的情况,g运算即可基于上述四项信息确定第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。That is to say, when the first variable, the second variable and the third variable are discrete values, the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000005
A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000006
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000007
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000008
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵。
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000005
A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000006
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000007
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000008
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000009
B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000010
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000011
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000012
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000009
B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000010
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000011
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000012
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000013
的概率分布。
The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000013
The probability distribution of .
其中,C表示第三变量,C的概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000014
Among them, C represents the third variable, and the probability distribution of C satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000014
其中,η U=η Pη Q,η U表示第三变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000015
的概率。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000016
表示在第三变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000017
的情况下,第三变量为c m的概率为f m。U表示第三变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000018
和U是根据A和B确定的。
Among them, η U = η P η Q , η U represents the third variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000015
The probability.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000016
Indicates that the third variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000017
In the case of , the probability that the third variable is cm is f m . U represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the third variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000018
and U are determined based on A and B.
也就是说,针对第一变量和第二变量是连续值的情况,f运算即可确定两个变量的概率分布的卷积运算结果。That is to say, when the first variable and the second variable are continuous values, the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
在一种可能的设计中,M个第三变量的值互不相同。其中,c m为IxJ个值中的一个,IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下c i,j的值。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000019
f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率。在c m与IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f m等于L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。换言之,IxJ个值可以互不相同;或者,IxJ个值也可以全相同;或者,IxJ个值中的一部分值相同,其他部分的值可以相同,也可以不同。
In one possible design, the values of the M third variables are different from each other. Wherein, cm is one of the IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,...,I, j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000019
fi,j = p i q j , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j . When c m is the same as L values among IxJ values, f m is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ. In other words, the IxJ values may be different from each other; or, the IxJ values may be all the same; or, some of the IxJ values may be the same, and the other values may be the same or different.
也就是说,在f运算的卷积运算结果中,离散部分中第三变量的值互不相同。That is, in the convolution operation result of the f operation, the values of the third variable in the discrete parts are different from each other.
在一种可能的设计中,高斯参数矩阵U满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000020
In one possible design, the Gaussian parameter matrix U satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000020
其中,K表示第一组合的数量。第一组合是IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合中的部分组合,K个第一组合的高斯分量互不相同,IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合包括以下三项: Wherein, K represents the number of first combinations. The first combination is a partial combination of IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations, the Gaussian components of the K first combinations are different from each other, and the IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations include the following three items:
在t=1,且遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000021
The combination of t = 1 and traversing i = 1, ..., I, j = 1, ..., G Q
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000021
在t=2,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000022
Combinations when t=2 and traverse i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000022
在t=3,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000023
At t=3, and traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000025
表示K个第一组合中第k个组合对应的
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000026
之和。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000025
Indicates the kth combination in the K first combinations
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000026
Sum.
在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000028
When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q ,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000028
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000030
When traversing i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000030
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000032
When traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q ,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000032
G P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素。 G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
G Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
如此一来,收端设备即可确定f运算的连续部分。In this way, the receiving device can determine the continuous part of the f operation.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000033
A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000034
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000035
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000036
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵。
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000033
A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000034
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000035
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000036
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000037
B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000038
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000039
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000040
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000037
B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000038
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000039
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000040
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000041
其中,C表示第三变量。
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000041
Wherein, C represents the third variable.
第四项,C的离散部分的支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}。其中,支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}表示在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,c i,j中的M个,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000042
支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素互不相同。
The fourth item is the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } of the discrete part of C. The support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } represents the M of ci ,j in the case of traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000042
The elements in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } are different from each other.
g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000044
的条件概率分布。D表示第四变量,g运算输出的条件概率分布是根据μ和支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}确定的。
The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000043
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000044
D represents the fourth variable. The conditional probability distribution of the output of the g operation is determined based on μ and the support set {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }.
也就是说,针对第一变量、第二变量和第三变量是连续值的情况,g运算即可基于上述四项信息确定第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。That is to say, when the first variable, the second variable and the third variable are continuous values, the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
在一种可能的设计中,在μ为支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素的情况下,条件概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000045
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000046
在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,若
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000047
则令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000048
In one possible design, when μ is an element in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000045
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000046
When traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000047
Then
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000048
也就是说,在μ为支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素的情况下,g运算的条件概率分布包括离散部分。 That is, when μ is an element in the support {c 1 , c 2 , ..., c M }, the conditional probability distribution of the g operation includes a discrete part.
在一种可能的设计中,在μ在支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}之外的情况下,条件概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000049
In one possible design, when μ is outside the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000049
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000050
在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,若
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000051
则令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000052
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000050
When traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000051
Then
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000052
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000053
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000056
G P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素。 G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
G Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
也就是说,在μ在支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}之外的情况下,g运算的条件概率分布既包括离散部分,又包括连续部分。 That is, when μ is outside the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }, the conditional probability distribution of the g operation includes both discrete and continuous parts.
在一种可能的设计中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的。In one possible design, each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
其中,f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布为第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布的卷积。g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。第一值是第三变量的译码值。The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value. The first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,第二变量为第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,第三变量为编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,第四变量为第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值。 The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
编码网络包括n+1层,编码网络的第1层用于输入待编码序列,编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列,编码网络的第n+1层用于输出编码后序列。s为小于或等于n的正整数。t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,第s参数集中的每个参数指示第s层中的一个位置,第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。The coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain the coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence. s is a positive integer less than or equal to n. t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
也就是说,译码度量是收端设备采用f运算和g运算确定的,并且,f运算能够用于进行卷积运算,g运算能够用于进行条件概率运算。That is, the decoding metric is determined by the receiving device using the f operation and the g operation, and the f operation can be used to perform a convolution operation, and the g operation can be used to perform a conditional probability operation.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,A~f PThe first term, A~f P.
其中,A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, A represents the first variable, fP represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
第二项,B~f QThe second term, B~f Q.
其中,B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000057
的采样矩阵U。
The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000057
The sampling matrix U of .
其中,C表示第三变量,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000058
Where C represents the third variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000058
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000059
P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000059
P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000060
P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000060
P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
u i是n个点中的第i个点,n个点是[U min,U max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,...,n。 u i is the i-th point among n points, and the n points are points equally spaced between [U min ,U max ], i=1,2,...,n.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000061
d(t,P)表示第一变量的离散化函数,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000062
表示第二变量的离散化函数。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000061
d(t,P) represents the discretization function of the first variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000062
Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
也就是说,针对第一变量和第二变量是连续值的情况,f运算即可确定两个变量的概率分布的卷积运算结果。That is to say, when the first variable and the second variable are continuous values, the f operation can determine the convolution operation result of the probability distribution of the two variables.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下三项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following three items:
第一项,A~f PThe first term, A~f P.
其中,A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, A represents the first variable, fP represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
第二项,B~f QThe second term, B~f Q.
其中,B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000063
C表示第三变量,μ表示第三变量的第一值。
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000063
C represents a third variable, and μ represents a first value of the third variable.
g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000065
处的条件概率分布V;D表示第四变量,
The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000064
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000065
The conditional probability distribution V at ; D represents the fourth variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000066
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000067
P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000067
P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000068
Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素。P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000068
Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q. P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
v i是n个点中的第i个点,n个点是[V min,V max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,...,n。 vi is the i-th point among n points, and the n points are points equally spaced between [V min , V max ], i=1, 2, ..., n.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000069
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000070
表示第一变量的离散化函数,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000071
表示第二变量的离散化函数。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000069
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000070
represents the discretized function of the first variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000071
Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
也就是说,针对第一变量、第二变量和第三变量是连续值的情况,g运算即可基于上述四项信息确定第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。That is to say, when the first variable, the second variable and the third variable are continuous values, the g operation can determine the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value based on the above four information.
第二方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的收端设备,或者实现上述收端设备功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a second aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a receiving device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the receiving device; the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the method, which may be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the functions.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;该处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据该指令执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述 第一方面中的收端设备,或者实现上述收端设备功能的芯片。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, executes the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instruction. The communication device can be the receiving device in the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the receiving device.
在一种可能的设计中,第三方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第三方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design, the communication device described in the third aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver may be used for the communication device described in the third aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请中,第三方面所述的通信装置可以为第一方面所述的收端设备,或者可设置于该收端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。In the present application, the communication device described in the third aspect may be the receiving device described in the first aspect, or may be a chip (system) or other parts or components that can be arranged in the receiving device.
第四方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的收端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processing circuit and an input/output interface. The input/output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip can be a chip that implements the function of a receiving device in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The processing circuit is used to run a computer program or instruction to implement the method in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括发端设备和收端设备。其中,发端设备用于对待编码序列进行哈达马变换(hadamard transform),以得到编码后序列。待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数。发端设备,还用于发送编码后序列。收端设备,用于接收编码后序列,根据接收到的编码后序列确定第一序列。其中,第一序列包括编码后序列中传输位的值,第一序列的长度为N 1,N 1为小于N的正整数。收端设备,还用于根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果。其中,信号概率分布包括待编码序列的概率分布,第一集合指示第一序列中每个值在编码后序列中的位置。 In a fifth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a transmitting device and a receiving device. The transmitting device is used to perform a Hadamard transform on a sequence to be encoded to obtain a coded sequence. The length of the sequence to be encoded is N, N= 2n , and n is a positive integer. The transmitting device is also used to send the coded sequence. The receiving device is used to receive the coded sequence and determine a first sequence based on the received coded sequence. The first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N1 , where N1 is a positive integer less than N. The receiving device is also used to determine a decoding result based on a signal probability distribution, a first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence. The signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the coded sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,收端设备还用于执行以上第一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In one possible design, the receiving device is also used to execute the method in any possible design of the above first aspect.
第六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括:计算机程序或指令;当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, comprising: a computer program or instructions; when the computer program or instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the methods in any one of the above aspects.
第七方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, comprising a computer program or instructions, which, when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the methods in any one of the above aspects.
第八方面,提供一种电路系统。电路系统包括处理电路,处理电路被配置为执行如上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In an eighth aspect, a circuit system is provided, wherein the circuit system includes a processing circuit, and the processing circuit is configured to execute any method in any of the above aspects.
其中,第二方面至第八方面中任一种设计所带来的技术效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any design in the second to eighth aspects can refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and will not be repeated here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的基本流程示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a basic flow of wireless communication provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种编码流程示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an encoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种译码流程示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a decoding process provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种非有限域下的译码方法流程图;FIG5 is a flow chart of a decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的再一种译码流程示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of another decoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种译码流程示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of another decoding process provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种非有限域下的译码方法流程图;FIG8 is a flowchart of a decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9a为本申请实施例提供的再一种非有限域下的译码方法流程图;FIG9a is a flowchart of another decoding method under a non-finite field provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9b为本申请实施例提供的一种函数梯度化示意图;FIG9b is a schematic diagram of a function gradient provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种非有限域下的译码方法流程图;FIG10 is a flowchart of another decoding method under a non-finite field provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种仿真结果;FIG11 is a simulation result provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的再一种仿真结果;FIG12 is another simulation result provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二。FIG. 14 is a second schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
图1是本申请的实施例应用的通信系统1000的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统1000包括至少一个网络设备(如图1中的110a和110b)和至少一个终端设备(如图1中的120a-120j)。终端设备通过无线的方式与网络设备相连。图1只是示意图,该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,在图1中未画出。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 1000 used in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 1000 includes at least one network device (such as 110a and 110b in FIG. 1 ) and at least one terminal device (such as 120a-120j in FIG. 1 ). The terminal device is connected to the network device wirelessly. FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram, and other network devices may also be included in the communication system, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
网络设备可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。这里的CU完成基站的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)协议和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)的功能,还可以完成业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)的功能;DU完成基站的无线链路控制(radio link conrtol,RLC)层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层的功能,还可以完成部分物理层或全部物理层的功能,有关上述各个协议层的具体描述,可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的相关技术规范。网络设备可以是宏基站(如图1中的110a),也可以是微基站或室内站(如图1中的110b),还可以是中继节点或施主节点等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为了便于描述,下文以网络设备为例进行描述。The network equipment can be a base station, an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, a next generation base station in the sixth generation (6G) mobile communication system, a base station in a future mobile communication system, or an access node in a wireless fidelity (WiFi) system; it can also be a module or unit that completes part of the functions of a base station, for example, it can be a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU). Here, the CU completes the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) protocol and the packet data convergence layer protocol (PDCP) of the base station, and can also complete the function of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); the DU completes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part of the physical layer or all of the physical layer. For the specific description of each of the above-mentioned protocol layers, reference can be made to the relevant technical specifications of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). The network device can be a macro base station (such as 110a in Figure 1), a micro base station or an indoor station (such as 110b in Figure 1), or a relay node or a donor node. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device. For the convenience of description, the following description takes the network device as an example.
终端设备也可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc. The terminal device can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. The terminal device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wearable device, a vehicle, a drone, a helicopter, an airplane, a ship, a robot, a mechanical arm, a smart home device, etc. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
网络设备和终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。The network equipment and terminal equipment can be fixed or movable. The network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on the water surface; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and artificial satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of the network equipment and terminal equipment.
网络设备和终端设备的角色可以是相对的,例如,图1中的直升机或无人机120i可以被配置成移动基站,对于那些通过120i接入到无线接入网的终端设备120j来说,终端设备120i是网络设备;但对于网络设备110a来说,120i是终端设备,即110a与120i之间是通过无线空口协议进行通信的。当然,110a与120i之间也可以是通过基站与基站之间的接口协议进行通信的,此时,相对于110a来说,120i也是网络设备。因此,网络设备和终端设备都可以统一称为通信装置,图1中的110a和110b可以称为具有网络设备功能的通信装置,图1中的120a-120j可以称为具有终端设备功能的通信装置。The roles of network devices and terminal devices can be relative. For example, the helicopter or drone 120i in FIG1 can be configured as a mobile base station. For the terminal devices 120j that access the wireless access network through 120i, the terminal device 120i is a network device; but for the network device 110a, 120i is a terminal device, that is, 110a and 120i communicate through the wireless air interface protocol. Of course, 110a and 120i can also communicate through the interface protocol between base stations. In this case, relative to 110a, 120i is also a network device. Therefore, network devices and terminal devices can be collectively referred to as communication devices. 110a and 110b in FIG1 can be referred to as communication devices with network device functions, and 120a-120j in FIG1 can be referred to as communication devices with terminal device functions.
网络设备和终端设备之间、网络设备和网络设备之间、终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信;可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对无线通信所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Network devices and terminal devices, network devices and network devices, and terminal devices and terminal devices may communicate through authorized spectrum, unauthorized spectrum, or both; may communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), spectrum above 6 GHz, or spectrum below 6 GHz and spectrum above 6 GHz. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
在本申请的实施例中,网络设备的功能也可以由网络设备中的模块(如芯片)来执行,也可以由包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统来执行。这里的包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统可以是智能电网、工业控制、智能交通、智慧城市等上述应用场景中的控制中心。终端设备的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(如芯片或调制解调器)来执行,也可以由包含有终端设备功能的装置来执行。In the embodiments of the present application, the functions of the network device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip) in the network device, or by a control subsystem including the network device function. The control subsystem including the network device function here may be a control center in the above-mentioned application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, smart city, etc. The functions of the terminal device may also be performed by a module (such as a chip or a modem) in the terminal device, or by a device including the terminal device function.
接下来,对无线通信的基本流程进行介绍。Next, the basic process of wireless communication is introduced.
图2示出了一种无线通信的基本流程,在发端设备,信源依次经过信源编码、信道编码和调制后发出,通过信道传输到收端设备。在收端设备,依次通过解调、信道译码和信源译码输出信宿。其中,在上行传输中,发端设备是图1中的终端设备,收端设备是图1中的网络设备。在下行传输中,发端设备是图1中的网络设备,收端设备是图1中的终端设备。FIG2 shows a basic process of wireless communication. At the transmitting device, the information source is sent out after being sequentially coded, channel coded and modulated, and then transmitted to the receiving device through the channel. At the receiving device, the information destination is outputted sequentially through demodulation, channel decoding and source decoding. In the uplink transmission, the transmitting device is the terminal device in FIG1, and the receiving device is the network device in FIG1. In the downlink transmission, the transmitting device is the network device in FIG1, and the receiving device is the terminal device in FIG1.
应理解,无线通信的基本流程还包括额外流程,如预编码和交织,鉴于这些额外流程对于本领域技术人员而言是公共常识,不再一一列举。It should be understood that the basic process of wireless communication also includes additional processes, such as precoding and interleaving. Since these additional processes are common knowledge to those skilled in the art, they are not listed one by one.
应理解,本申请实施例中各个设备之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the message name between the devices or the name of each parameter in the message in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and other names may be used in the specific implementation. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面先对本申请实施例中涉及的技术做简单说明。应理解,这些说明仅为便于理解本申请实施例,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following is a brief description of the technologies involved in the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that these descriptions are only for facilitating understanding of the embodiments of the present application and should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
1、非有限域极化1. Non-finite domain polarization
非有限域极化,是一种将极化现象由二元域推广到非有限域(如实数域或复数域)的技术,以更好地实现编译码。并且,采用逐次抵消(successive cancellation,SC)译码(decoding)能够实现优秀的译码性能。Non-finite field polarization is a technique that generalizes the polarization phenomenon from the binary field to the non-finite field (such as the real field or the complex field) to better achieve encoding and decoding. In addition, the use of successive cancellation (SC) decoding can achieve excellent decoding performance.
2、二元域上的极化码(Polar codes)2. Polar codes on binary domain
极化码是一种能够被严格证明渐近可达二元输入信道香农容量的信道编码方案,具有性能好,复杂度低等特点。Polar code is a channel coding scheme that can be rigorously proven to asymptotically reach the Shannon capacity of a binary input channel. It has the characteristics of good performance and low complexity.
参见图3,图3是一个典型的8X8极化码的信源压缩示意图,左侧的压缩后序列根据各自的可靠度分为接收的值和待恢复值。Referring to FIG. 3 , FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a typical source compression of an 8×8 polar code, and the compressed sequence on the left is divided into a received value and a value to be recovered according to their respective reliabilities.
信源序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000072
经过编码得到编码后序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000073
一般地,可靠度较高的比特设置为待恢复值,可靠度较低的比特设置为接收的值,需从发端设备传递到收端设备。如图3所示,可靠度靠前的四位比特包括:u 3,u 5,u 6,u 7,设置为待恢复值。可靠度靠后的四位比特包括:u 0,u 1,u 2,u 4,设置为接收的值。也就是说,信源序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000074
被压缩为u 0,u 1,u 2,u 4,8长序列被压缩为4长序列,从而实现信源压缩需求。
Source sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000072
After encoding, the encoded sequence is obtained
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000073
Generally, the bits with higher reliability are set as the value to be restored, and the bits with lower reliability are set as the received value, which need to be transmitted from the transmitting device to the receiving device. As shown in Figure 3, the first four bits with higher reliability include: u 3 , u 5 , u 6 , u 7 , which are set as the value to be restored. The last four bits with lower reliability include: u 0 , u 1 , u 2 , u 4 , which are set as the received value. In other words, the source sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000074
It is compressed into u 0 , u 1 , u 2 , u 4 , and the 8-long sequence is compressed into a 4-long sequence, thereby achieving the source compression requirement.
为了从压缩结果(u 0,u 1,u 2,u 4)恢复原始信源序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000075
极化码译码需利用压缩结果(即接收的值)和原始信源序列的分布序贯地恢复待恢复值(u 3,u 5,u 6,u 7),再将编码后序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000076
重编码恢复原始信源序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000077
In order to restore the original source sequence from the compressed result (u 0 ,u 1 ,u 2 ,u 4 )
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000075
Polar code decoding requires using the compression result (i.e., the received value) and the distribution of the original source sequence to sequentially restore the value to be restored (u 3 , u 5 , u 6 , u 7 ), and then convert the coded sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000076
Re-encoding to restore the original source sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000077
3、压缩感知(compressed sensing,CS)3. Compressed sensing (CS)
压缩感知是一种在欠定线性系统中寻找稀疏解的技术,在信号和图像处理领域有着广泛的应用。在许多科技工业的实际问题中,人们往往需要从采样的数据中恢复真实的信号,当采样系统为线性时,这个问题可以视作一个求解线性方程组的问题:Compressed sensing is a technique for finding sparse solutions in underdetermined linear systems. It has a wide range of applications in signal and image processing. In many practical problems in science and technology industries, people often need to recover the real signal from the sampled data. When the sampling system is linear, this problem can be regarded as a problem of solving a system of linear equations:
y=Ah     公式(1-1)y=Ah     Formula (1-1)
其中,y∈R M表示采样的数据,即M行1列的矩阵,A∈R M×N表示采样矩阵,即M行N列的矩阵,h∈R N表示真实信号,即N行1列的矩阵。 Among them, y∈RM represents the sampled data, that is, a matrix with M rows and 1 column, A∈RM ×N represents the sampling matrix, that is, a matrix with M rows and N columns, and h∈RN represents the real signal, that is, a matrix with N rows and 1 column.
当M<N时,这是一个欠定线性系统,因此无法通过y来准确恢复信号h。然而,如果假设信号h具有稀疏结构,换言之,h的大部分元素都取0,那么,就可以利用采样的数据y来高效准确地恢复信号h。压缩感知就是研究这类欠定线性系统中求解稀疏信号的技术。When M<N, this is an underdetermined linear system, so it is impossible to accurately recover the signal h through y. However, if it is assumed that the signal h has a sparse structure, in other words, most of the elements of h are 0, then the sampled data y can be used to efficiently and accurately recover the signal h. Compressed sensing is a technology that studies the solution of sparse signals in such underdetermined linear systems.
示例性的,参见图4,图4示出了一种压缩感知的模型框架。在图4中,每个方格表示一个元素。For example, see Fig. 4, which shows a model framework of compressed sensing. In Fig. 4, each square represents an element.
由于实际工程问题中稀疏信号十分常见,因此压缩感知技术的应用非常广泛。例如单像素成像技术、核磁共振成像技术、雷达探测技术等等。利用这些工程问题中的稀疏结构和压缩感知的理论分析,可以在更少的采样数据下完成更精确的信号重建,从而极大地降低了成本,并有效地提升了重建图像的准确度。Since sparse signals are very common in practical engineering problems, compressed sensing technology is widely used, such as single-pixel imaging technology, magnetic resonance imaging technology, radar detection technology, etc. By using the sparse structure in these engineering problems and the theoretical analysis of compressed sensing, more accurate signal reconstruction can be completed with less sampling data, thereby greatly reducing costs and effectively improving the accuracy of reconstructed images.
在压缩感知中,最常见也是研究最为广泛的信号重建算法是基追踪(Basis Pursuit,BP)算法。BP算法将求解线性系统中的稀疏解问题转化为线性约束下最小化L 1范数的问题。具体来说,以图4中的模型为例,求解满足y=Ah的稀疏信号h可以转化为如下的优化问题: In compressed sensing, the most common and widely studied signal reconstruction algorithm is the Basis Pursuit (BP) algorithm. The BP algorithm transforms the problem of solving the sparse solution in a linear system into the problem of minimizing the L1 norm under linear constraints. Specifically, taking the model in Figure 4 as an example, solving the sparse signal h that satisfies y = Ah can be transformed into the following optimization problem:
min||z|| 0subect to Ah=y    公式(1-2) min||z|| 0 subect to Ah=y Formula (1-2)
其中,||z|| 0(L 0范数)表示稀疏信号h中非零元素的个数,y表示采样的数据,A表示采样矩阵,h表示真实信号。由于上述L 0优化问题是非凸优化,很难找到高效的求解算法。为了克服这一困难,可以对该优化问题进行松弛,利用L 1范数来近似L 0范数,将问题转化为: Among them, ||z|| 0 (L 0 norm) represents the number of non-zero elements in the sparse signal h, y represents the sampled data, A represents the sampling matrix, and h represents the real signal. Since the above L 0 optimization problem is a non-convex optimization, it is difficult to find an efficient solution algorithm. In order to overcome this difficulty, the optimization problem can be relaxed and the L 1 norm can be used to approximate the L 0 norm, converting the problem into:
min||z|| 1subect to Ah=y     公式(1-3) min||z|| 1 subect to Ah=y Formula (1-3)
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000078
z i表示稀疏信号h中非零元素,L 1优化问题是凸优化。利用L 1范数的性质,可以设计低复杂度的迭代算法来对L 1优化问题进行求解。一旦得到L 1优化问题的解,就得到了重建信号
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000079
这一恢复稀疏信号h的处理过程就被称为BP算法。根据压缩感知理论,在一定的正则条件下,可以证明BP算法一定可以准确恢复任何稀疏信号h,这就为BP算法的可靠性提供了理论保障,BP算法也是实际应用中最为常见的信号重建方法。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000078
z i represents the non-zero elements in the sparse signal h, and the L 1 optimization problem is a convex optimization. Using the properties of the L 1 norm, a low-complexity iterative algorithm can be designed to solve the L 1 optimization problem. Once the solution to the L 1 optimization problem is obtained, the reconstructed signal is obtained.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000079
This process of recovering the sparse signal h is called the BP algorithm. According to the theory of compressed sensing, under certain regular conditions, it can be proved that the BP algorithm can accurately recover any sparse signal h, which provides a theoretical guarantee for the reliability of the BP algorithm. The BP algorithm is also the most common signal reconstruction method in practical applications.
在上述BP算法得到重建信号的过程中,需要多次迭代译码,译码复杂度高。In the process of obtaining the reconstructed signal by the BP algorithm, multiple iterative decoding is required, and the decoding complexity is high.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种非有限域下的译码方法,该方法可以应用于图1的通信系统。在本申请实施例中,收端设备获取第一序列。其中,第一序列包括编码后序列中传输位的值,第一序列的长度为N 1。编码后序列是待编码序列经过编码后的序列,待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数。N 1为小于N的正整数。然后,收端设备根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果。其中,信号概率分布包括待编码序列的概率分布,第一集合指示第一序列中每个值在编码后序列中的位置。也就是说,编码后序列包括传输位的值和待恢复位的值。待恢复位的可靠度高于传输位的可靠度。这样一来,收端设备在获取第一序列后,再结合信号概率分布和第一集合,即可通过递归运算确定待恢复位的值,在获知每个传输位的值和待恢复位的值的情况下,收端设备即可确定译码结果。在上述译码过程中,收端设备针对每个位置的值执行一次运算,不存在迭代运算的处理过程, 译码复杂度低。 In view of this, an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding method under a non-finite field, which can be applied to the communication system of Figure 1. In the embodiment of the present application, a receiving device obtains a first sequence. The first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1. The coded sequence is a sequence after the sequence to be coded is coded, and the length of the sequence to be coded is N, N=2 n , and n is a positive integer. N 1 is a positive integer less than N. Then, the receiving device determines the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence. The signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be coded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the coded sequence. That is, the coded sequence includes the value of the transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored. The reliability of the bit to be restored is higher than the reliability of the transmission bit. In this way, after obtaining the first sequence, the receiving device can determine the value of the bit to be restored by recursive operation in combination with the signal probability distribution and the first set. When the value of each transmission bit and the value of the bit to be restored are known, the receiving device can determine the decoding result. In the above decoding process, the receiving device performs one operation for the value of each position, there is no iterative operation process, and the decoding complexity is low.
在本申请实施例中,待编码序列是指,发端设备进行编码之前的序列。编码后序列是指,发端设备将待编码序列进行编码之后的序列。编码后序列中传输位的值,构成第一序列。In the embodiment of the present application, the sequence to be encoded refers to the sequence before the transmitting device performs encoding. The encoded sequence refers to the sequence after the transmitting device encodes the sequence to be encoded. The value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence constitutes the first sequence.
下面,结合图5至图12,对本申请实施例提出的非有限域下的译码方法500进行详细介绍。本申请实施例提出的非有限域下的译码方法500包括如下步骤:5 to 12, the decoding method 500 under a non-finite field proposed in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail. The decoding method 500 under a non-finite field proposed in the embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S501、发端设备将待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列。S501: A transmitting device encodes a sequence to be encoded to obtain an encoded sequence.
其中,在上行传输中,发端设备是图1中的终端设备。在下行传输中,发端设备是图1中的网络设备。In the uplink transmission, the originating device is the terminal device in Figure 1. In the downlink transmission, the originating device is the network device in Figure 1.
其中,待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数。例如,N=2,4,8,或16等。以图8为例,待编码序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000080
The length of the sequence to be encoded is N, where N=2 n and n is a positive integer. For example, N=2, 4, 8, or 16. Taking FIG8 as an example, the sequence to be encoded includes
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000080
其中,编码后序列包括至少一个待恢复位和至少一个传输位。示例性的,编码后序列包括N 1个传输位和N 2个待恢复位。N=N 1+N 2,N 1和N 2是正整数。 The coded sequence includes at least one bit to be restored and at least one transmission bit. Exemplarily, the coded sequence includes N1 transmission bits and N2 bits to be restored. N= N1 + N2 , N1 and N2 are positive integers.
容易理解的是,在本申请实施例中,在编码后序列中,传输位的可靠度低于待恢复位的可靠度,编码后序列中首个待恢复位的前一个位置是传输位。It is easy to understand that in the embodiment of the present application, in the encoded sequence, the reliability of the transmission bit is lower than the reliability of the bit to be restored, and the previous position of the first bit to be restored in the encoded sequence is the transmission bit.
以图8为例,编码后序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000081
也就是说,图8中编码后序列有4个位置,序号0~3。序号0的位置上的值为z 0,序号1的位置上的值为z 1,其他序号的位置上的值可以此类推,不再赘述。在图8的编码后序列中,传输位的数量为2个,即序号0和2的位置。在图8的编码后序列中,待恢复位的数量为2个,即序号1和3的位置。
Taking Figure 8 as an example, the encoded sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000081
That is, the encoded sequence in FIG8 has 4 positions, numbered 0 to 3. The value at the position of number 0 is z 0 , the value at the position of number 1 is z 1 , and the values at the positions of other numbers can be deduced by analogy, which will not be repeated. In the encoded sequence of FIG8 , the number of transmitted bits is 2, namely the positions of number 0 and 2. In the encoded sequence of FIG8 , the number of bits to be restored is 2, namely the positions of number 1 and 3.
S502a、发端设备向收端设备发送编码后序列。相应的,收端设备接收来自发端设备的编码后序列。S502a: The transmitting device sends the coded sequence to the receiving device. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the coded sequence from the transmitting device.
示例性的,编码后序列是发端设备经过编码和调制等处理后发出,通过信道传输到收端设备。相应的,在收端设备,通过解调后获取到编码后序列。Exemplarily, the coded sequence is sent by the transmitting device after coding and modulation, and is transmitted to the receiving device through a channel. Correspondingly, the receiving device obtains the coded sequence after demodulation.
容易理解的是,编码后序列在通过信道传输之前所经过的处理,如速率匹配、预编码、交织、调制等,对于本领域技术人员而言是公共常识,不再一一列举。在本申请实施例中,以发送编码后序列为例,进行介绍,不应理解为对本申请实施例的限定。It is easy to understand that the processing of the coded sequence before transmission through the channel, such as rate matching, precoding, interleaving, modulation, etc., is common knowledge to those skilled in the art and is not listed one by one. In the embodiments of the present application, the transmission of the coded sequence is taken as an example for introduction, which should not be understood as a limitation on the embodiments of the present application.
示例性的,在上行传输中,发端设备是图1中的终端设备,收端设备是图1中的网络设备。在下行传输中,发端设备是图1中的网络设备,收端设备是图1中的终端设备。Exemplarily, in uplink transmission, the transmitting device is the terminal device in Figure 1, and the receiving device is the network device in Figure 1. In downlink transmission, the transmitting device is the network device in Figure 1, and the receiving device is the terminal device in Figure 1.
S502b、收端设备根据接收到的编码后序列确定第一序列。S502b: The receiving device determines a first sequence according to the received encoded sequence.
其中,第一序列包括编码后序列中每个传输位的值。编码后序列包括N 1个传输位,相应的,第一序列的长度为N 1The first sequence includes the value of each transmission bit in the coded sequence. The coded sequence includes N 1 transmission bits, and accordingly, the length of the first sequence is N 1 .
以图8为例,第一序列包括[z 0,z 2]。也就是说,第一序列包括编码后序列中2个传输位上的值。 Taking FIG8 as an example, the first sequence includes [z 0 , z 2 ], that is, the first sequence includes the values of 2 transmission bits in the encoded sequence.
示例性的,第一序列是实数序列。例如,第一序列中每个值是离散值,如第一序列包括[0,2]。再如,第一序列中每个值是连续值,如第一序列包括[0.5,-0.67]。Exemplarily, the first sequence is a real number sequence. For example, each value in the first sequence is a discrete value, such as the first sequence includes [0, 2]. For another example, each value in the first sequence is a continuous value, such as the first sequence includes [0.5, -0.67].
对于收端设备而言,在收端设备获取第一序列之后,收端设备执行S503:For the receiving device, after the receiving device obtains the first sequence, the receiving device executes S503:
S503、收端设备根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果。S503: The receiving device determines a decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
其中,信号概率分布包括待编码序列的概率分布。The signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded.
示例性的,信号概率分布包括:X~[-1+1;0.5 0.5],即在图8的
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000082
所在的4个位置中,每个位置的值为-1的概率为0.5,每个位置的值为+1的概率为0.5。
Exemplarily, the signal probability distribution includes: X~[-1+1; 0.5 0.5], that is, in FIG. 8
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000082
Among the 4 positions, the probability of each position being -1 is 0.5, and the probability of each position being +1 is 0.5.
示例性的,信号概率分布可以是预配置的。Exemplarily, the signal probability distribution may be preconfigured.
其中,第一集合指示第一序列中每个值在编码后序列中的位置。The first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
以图8为例,第一集合包括{0,2}。其中,第一集合{0,2},可以理解为,编码后序列中序号0和2的位置属于传输位。并且,在第一序列包括[z 0,z 2]的情况下,第一序列中的第1个值z 0在序号0的位置,第一序列中的第2个值z 2在序号2的位置。 Taking FIG8 as an example, the first set includes {0,2}. The first set {0,2} can be understood as that the positions of sequence numbers 0 and 2 in the encoded sequence belong to the transmission bits. In addition, when the first sequence includes [z 0 ,z 2 ], the first value z 0 in the first sequence is at the position of sequence number 0, and the second value z 2 in the first sequence is at the position of sequence number 2.
示例性的,第一集合可以是预配置的。Exemplarily, the first set may be preconfigured.
在一些实施例中,第一序列是实数序列,译码结果是实数序列,详见下述示例1和示例3的介绍。或者,第一序列是实数序列,译码结果是复数序列,详见下述示例2的介绍。In some embodiments, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a real number sequence, as described in the following examples 1 and 3. Alternatively, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence, as described in the following example 2.
示例性的,如图6所示,S503包括S5031和S5032:Exemplarily, as shown in FIG6 , S503 includes S5031 and S5032:
S5031、收端设备根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码路径。S5031. The receiving device determines a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence.
其中,译码路径指示编码后序列中每个位置的值。以图8为例,译码路径指示编码后序列的每个位置的值,即
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000083
The decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence. Taking Figure 8 as an example, the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence, that is,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000083
示例性的,译码路径中各个位置,以及各个位置上的值介绍如下:Exemplarily, each position in the decoding path and the value at each position are introduced as follows:
针对译码路径中第k个传输位,该传输位的值与第一序列中第k个传输位的值相同。其中,k为小于或等于N 1的正整数。也就是说,收端设备将第一序列中第k个传输位的值,作为译码路径中第k个传输位的值。 For the kth transmission bit in the decoding path, the value of the transmission bit is the same as the value of the kth transmission bit in the first sequence, where k is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1. That is, the receiving device uses the value of the kth transmission bit in the first sequence as the value of the kth transmission bit in the decoding path.
以图8为例,k=1,第1个传输位是序列0的位置,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000084
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000085
表示译码路径指示的第1个传输位(即序列0的位置)的值,u 0表示第一序列指示的第1个传输位的值。
Taking Figure 8 as an example, k = 1, the first transmission bit is the position of sequence 0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000084
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000085
represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the decoding path (i.e., the position of sequence 0), and u0 represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the first sequence.
针对译码路径中第j个待恢复位,该待恢复位的值对应多个译码度量中最大的译码度量。其中,j为小于或等于N 2的正整数。 For the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path, the value of the bit to be restored corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics, where j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
以图8为例,j=1,第1个待恢复位是序号1的位置。序号1的位置的条件概率分布包括:P(-1)=1/2,P(0)=1/4,P(+1)=1/4。在以条件概率分布作为译码度量的情况下,序号1的位置上的值为-1,即
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000086
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000087
表示译码路径指示的第1个待恢复位(即序列1的位置)的值。
Taking Figure 8 as an example, j = 1, and the first bit to be restored is the position of sequence number 1. The conditional probability distribution of the position of sequence number 1 includes: P(-1) = 1/2, P(0) = 1/4, P(+1) = 1/4. When the conditional probability distribution is used as the decoding metric, the value at the position of sequence number 1 is -1, that is,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000086
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000087
Indicates the value of the first bit to be restored (i.e. the position of sequence 1) indicated by the decoding path.
其中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是根据以下两项确定的:Each of the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items:
第一项,信号概率分布。The first item is the signal probability distribution.
第二项,译码路径中第j个待恢复位之前每个位置的值。The second item is the value of each position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path.
容易理解的是,在一些实施例中,译码路径中第j个待恢复位之前的位置全是传输位。此种情况下,第j个待恢复位之前的每个位置包括:第j个待恢复位之前的每个传输位。在另一些实施例中,译码路径中第j个待恢复位之前的位置,既包括传输位,又包括待恢复位。相应的,第j个待恢复位之前的每个位置包括:第j个待恢复位之前的传输位和待恢复位。It is easy to understand that in some embodiments, the positions before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path are all transmission bits. In this case, each position before the jth bit to be restored includes: each transmission bit before the jth bit to be restored. In other embodiments, the position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path includes both transmission bits and bits to be restored. Accordingly, each position before the jth bit to be restored includes: transmission bits and bits to be restored before the jth bit to be restored.
示例性的,图7示例了一种译码过程。在图7中,编码后序列包括N个位置,位置的序列为1~N。译码路径指示N个位置的值,记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000088
For example, FIG7 illustrates a decoding process. In FIG7, the encoded sequence includes N positions, and the sequence of positions is 1 to N. The decoding path indicates the value of the N positions, which is recorded as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000088
以图7为例,S5031包括以下步骤:Taking FIG. 7 as an example, S5031 includes the following steps:
针对编码后序列中第1个位置(即序号1的位置,或描述为第1个传输位),收端设备执行步骤2:For the first position in the encoded sequence (i.e., the position of sequence number 1, or described as the first transmission bit), the receiving device performs step 2:
步骤2、收端设备通过f运算对信号概率分布进行处理,以得到编码后序列第1个位置的值z 1的概率分布。收端设备确定
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000089
Step 2: The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution through the f operation to obtain the probability distribution of the value z 1 at the first position of the encoded sequence. The receiving device determines
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000089
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000090
表示译码路径指示的第1个传输位(即序号1的位置)的值,z 1表示第一序列指示的第1个传输位的值。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000090
represents the value of the first transmission bit (i.e., the position of sequence number 1) indicated by the decoding path, and z1 represents the value of the first transmission bit indicated by the first sequence.
针对第1个位置之后的位置,如第i个位置(即序号i的位置),如果i为奇数,收端设备执行步骤3a,如果i为偶数,收端设备执行步骤3b:For the positions after the first position, such as the i-th position (i.e., the position of sequence number i), if i is an odd number, the receiving device executes step 3a; if i is an even number, the receiving device executes step 3b:
步骤3a、收端设备通过g运算对信号概率分布和前i-1个位置的值进行处理,以得到g运算结果,再通过f运算对信号概率分布和g运算结果进行处理,以得到第i个位置上的条件概率分布。Step 3a: The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution and the values of the first i-1 positions through the g operation to obtain the g operation result, and then processes the signal probability distribution and the g operation result through the f operation to obtain the conditional probability distribution at the i-th position.
步骤3b、收端设备通过g运算对信号概率分布和前i-1个位置的值进行处理,以得到第i个位置上的条件概率分布。Step 3b: The receiving device processes the signal probability distribution and the values of the first i-1 positions through the g operation to obtain the conditional probability distribution at the i-th position.
其中,前i-1个位置的值可以记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000091
第i个位置上的条件概率分布可以记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000092
Among them, the value of the first i-1 position can be recorded as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000091
The conditional probability distribution at the i-th position can be written as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000092
然后,收端设备判断第i个位置是否属于第一集合,若是,则收端设备执行步骤5,若否,则收端设备执行步骤4。其中,步骤4和步骤5的介绍如下:Then, the receiving device determines whether the i-th position belongs to the first set. If so, the receiving device executes step 5. If not, the receiving device executes step 4. Steps 4 and 5 are described as follows:
步骤4、收端设备确定第i个位置的值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000093
Step 4: The receiving device determines the value of the i-th position
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000093
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000094
满足:
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000094
satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000095
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000096
表示译码路径指示的第i个位置的值,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000097
表示在前i-1个位置的值为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000098
的情况下,第i个位置的值为z i的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000099
表示
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000100
使得第i个位置的条件概率分布最大。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000096
represents the value of the i-th position indicated by the decoding path,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000097
Indicates that the value at the first i-1 position is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000098
In the case of , the probability that the value of the i-th position is z i is ,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000099
express
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000100
Maximize the conditional probability distribution of the i-th position.
容易理解的是,在以条件概率分布作为译码度量的情况下,针对译码路径中第i个位置的值对应多个译码度量中最大的译码度量。It is easy to understand that, when the conditional probability distribution is used as the decoding metric, the value of the i-th position in the decoding path corresponds to the largest decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics.
步骤5、收端设备确定
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000101
Step 5: Determine the receiving device
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000101
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000102
表示译码路径指示的第i个位置的值,z i表示第一序列指示的第i个位置(第i个位置是传输位)的值。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000102
represents the value of the i-th position indicated by the decoding path, and z i represents the value of the i-th position indicated by the first sequence (the i-th position is the transmission bit).
对于收端设备而言,收端设备执行步骤4或步骤5之后,在i小于N的情况下,将i替换为i+1,重新执行步骤3,在i等于N的情况下,收端设备执行步骤6:For the receiving device, after the receiving device executes step 4 or step 5, if i is less than N, i is replaced by i+1 and step 3 is executed again. If i is equal to N, the receiving device executes step 6:
步骤6、收端设备输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000103
Step 6: Output of receiving device
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000103
也就是说,收端设备通过步骤1至步骤6,即可得到译码路径。That is to say, the receiving device can obtain the decoding path through steps 1 to 6.
应理解,在S5031中,f运算和g运算的介绍如下:It should be understood that in S5031, the f operation and the g operation are introduced as follows:
f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布为第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布的卷积,详见下述示例1(或示例2,或示例3)的介绍。The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable, as described in the following Example 1 (or Example 2, or Example 3).
g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第三变量的概率分布,以及第三变量的第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第三变量的第一值处的条件概率分布,详见下述示例1(或示例3)的介绍。或者,g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第三变量的第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第三变量的第一值处的条 件概率分布,详见下述示例2的介绍。第一值是第三变量的译码值。The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value of the third variable. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable, as described in Example 1 (or Example 3) below. Alternatively, the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value of the third variable. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable, as described in Example 2 below. The first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
其中,第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,第二变量为第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,第三变量为编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,第四变量为第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值。编码网络包括n+1层,编码网络的第1层用于输入待编码序列,编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列,编码网络的第n+1层用于输出编码后序列。s为小于或等于n的正整数。t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,第s参数集中的每个参数指示所述第s层中的一个位置,第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。 Among them, the first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer. The coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to n-th layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1-th layer of the coding network is used to output the encoded sequence. s is a positive integer less than or equal to n. t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the s-th parameter set, each parameter in the s-th parameter set indicates a position in the s-th layer, and the number of positions indicated by the s-th parameter set is N/2.
容易理解的是,在译码过程中,收端设备共执行N*n/2次f运算和N*n/2次g运算,具体过程如下:It is easy to understand that during the decoding process, the receiving device performs N*n/2 f operations and N*n/2 g operations. The specific process is as follows:
u s,t为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值。其中,u 1,1,…,u 1,N为待编码序列,u n+1,1,…,u n+1,N为编码后序列。参数t为大于或等于1,且小于或等于N的正整数,t-
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000105
为0或1,可以理解为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000106
为t-1的二进制表示。在t大于1时,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000108
中第一个1所在的位置。
u s,t is the value of the tth position in the sth layer of the coding network. Among them, u 1,1 ,…,u 1,N is the sequence to be encoded, and u n+1,1 ,…,u n+1,N is the encoded sequence. The parameter t is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000105
is 0 or 1, which can be understood as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000106
is the binary representation of t-1. When t is greater than 1,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000107
Right now
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000108
The position of the first 1 in .
收端设备序贯地译码u n+1,1,…,u n+1,N。收端设备在译码u n+1,1时,执行N-1次f运算,在译码u n+1,t时,当t大于1且t为偶数时,执行1次g运算;在译码u n+1,t时,当t大于1且t为奇数时,执行
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000109
次g运算,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000110
次f运算,具体来说:
The receiving device sequentially decodes u n+1,1 ,…,u n+1,N . When decoding u n+1,1 , the receiving device performs N-1 f operations, and when decoding u n+1,t , when t is greater than 1 and t is an even number, performs 1 g operation; when decoding u n+1,t , when t is greater than 1 and t is an odd number, performs
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000109
g operations,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000110
f operations, specifically:
在译码u n+1,1时,j从1遍历到n,i从1遍历到2 n-s,f运算的输入包括第一变量u j,i的概率分布,第二变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000111
的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量u j+1,i的概率分布。
When decoding u n+1,1 , j traverses from 1 to n, i traverses from 1 to 2 ns , and the input of the operation f includes the probability distribution of the first variable u j,i and the second variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000111
The output of the operation f includes the probability distribution of the third variable u j+1,i .
在译码u n+1,t,t大于1且t为偶数时,g运算的输入包括第一变量u n,t-1的概率分布,第二变量u n,t的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布,以及第三变量的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000112
g运算的输出包括第三变量u n+1,t的概率分布,进而得到译码值。
When decoding u n+1,t , t is greater than 1 and t is an even number, the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable u n,t-1 , the probability distribution of the second variable u n,t , the probability distribution of the third variable, and the decoded value of the third variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000112
The output of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable u n+1,t , and then the decoded value is obtained.
在译码u n+1,t,t大于1且t为奇数时,收端设备先进行
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000113
次g运算,i从t遍历到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000114
g运算的输入包括第一变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000115
的概率分布,第二变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000116
的概率分布,第三变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000117
的概率分布,以及第三变量的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000118
g运算的输出包括第三变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000119
的概率分布。然后,收端设备再进行
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000120
次f运算,j从n-o t+2遍历到n,i从t遍历到t+2 n-j-1,f运算的输入包括第一变量u j,i的概率分布,第二变量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000121
的概率分布,f运算的输出包括第三变量u j+1,i的概率分布,进而得到译码值。
When decoding u n+1,t , t is greater than 1 and t is an odd number, the receiving device first performs
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000113
g operations, i traverses from t to
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000114
The input to the g operation consists of the first variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000115
The probability distribution of the second variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000116
The probability distribution of the third variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000117
The probability distribution of, and the decoded value of the third variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000118
The output of the g operation includes the third variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000119
Then, the receiving device performs
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000120
f operation, j traverses from no t +2 to n, i traverses from t to t+2 nj -1, the input of f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable u j,i , the second variable
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000121
The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable u j+1,i , and then the decoded value is obtained.
示例性的,编码网络可以是蝶形结构。编码网络的层数=log 2N+1。其中,N表示待编码序列的长度。在待编码序列的长度N=4的情况下,编码网络的层数是3层,详见下述示例1~示例3的介绍。 Exemplarily, the coding network may be a butterfly structure. The number of layers of the coding network = log 2 N + 1. Where N represents the length of the sequence to be coded. When the length of the sequence to be coded N = 4, the number of layers of the coding network is 3, as described in the following examples 1 to 3.
S5032、收端设备根据译码路径,确定译码结果。S5032. The receiving device determines the decoding result according to the decoding path.
以图7为例,译码路径指示的值记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000122
收端设备对
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000123
进行哈达马逆变换,以得到译码结果。
Taking Figure 7 as an example, the value indicated by the decoding path is recorded as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000122
Receiving device pair
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000123
Perform inverse Hadamard transform to obtain the decoding result.
接下来,通过三个示例(下述示例1~示例3)对本申请实施例的译码过程进行介绍:Next, the decoding process of the embodiment of the present application is introduced through three examples (Example 1 to Example 3 below):
示例1Example 1
在示例1中,第一序列和译码结果两者为实数序列。下面,以离散值为例对译码过程进行介绍:In Example 1, both the first sequence and the decoding result are real number sequences. The decoding process is described below using discrete values as an example:
图8示出了一种非有限域下的译码过程。在图8中,待编码序列的码长N=4。x 0,x 1,x 2,x 3 是待编码序列,也是编码网络中第一层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。y 0,y 1,y 2,y 3为编码网络的第二层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。z 0,z 2为传输位的值,z 1,z 3为待恢复位的值,z 0,z 1,z 2,z 3也是编码网络中第三层第1,2,3,4个位置的值。 FIG8 shows a decoding process under a non-finite field. In FIG8 , the code length of the sequence to be encoded is N=4. x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network. y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network. z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits, z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered, and z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
收端设备的输入包括以下三项:The input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
第一项,第一序列[z 0,z 2]。在图8中,z 0=0,z 2=2。 The first item, the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ]. In FIG8 , z 0 =0, z 2 =2.
第二项,信号概率分布。在图8中,x 0,x 1,x 2,x 3的信号概率分布为P(-1)=1/4,P(1)=3/4)。 The second item is the signal probability distribution. In FIG8 , the signal probability distribution of x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , and x 3 is P(-1)=1/4, P(1)=3/4).
第三项,传输位的位置序号{0,2}。The third item is the position number of the transmission bit {0,2}.
收端设备的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000124
The output of the receiving device includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000124
先介绍适用于离散值的f运算和g运算。其中,f运算用于进行卷积运算,g运算用于进行条件概率运算。其中,f运算和g运算的介绍如下:First, we introduce the f operation and g operation applicable to discrete values. Among them, the f operation is used for convolution operation, and the g operation is used for conditional probability operation. Among them, the introduction of the f operation and the g operation is as follows:
1,f运算1. f operation
f运算的输入包括以下两项:The inputs to the operation f include the following two items:
第一项,A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I;A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 The first item, A~P, P(a i )= pi , i=1,...,I; A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
第二项,B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J;B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 The second item, B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J; B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the jth second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
f运算的输出包括:The outputs of the f operation include:
C~F,F(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K;C表示第三变量的集合,F表示第三变量的概率分布,c k表示C中的第k个第三变量,f k表示第k个第三变量为c k的概率,K表示第三变量的数量,且K个第三变量的值互不相同。 C~F,F(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K; C represents the set of third variables, F represents the probability distribution of the third variables, c k represents the kth third variable in C, f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k , K represents the number of third variables, and the values of K third variables are different.
其中,c k为IxJ个值中的一个,IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下c i,j的值,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000125
f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率。在c k与IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f k等于L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。
Where c k is one of the IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000125
fi,j = piqj , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j . When c k is the same as L values among IxJ values, f k is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
换言之,f运算包括步骤a1和步骤b1:In other words, the operation f includes step a1 and step b1:
步骤a1,遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J,计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000126
f i,j=p iq j
Step a1, traverse i=1,...,I, j=1,...,J, and calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000126
fi,j = piqj .
步骤a2,对于不同的i,j,计算出的c i,j可能相同,将取值相同的c i,j合并。其中,合并,可以理解为,将取值相同的c i,j对应的f i,j加和。 Step a2: for different i,j, the calculated c i,j may be the same, and the c i, j with the same value are merged. The merging can be understood as adding the fi ,j corresponding to the c i, j with the same value.
2,g运算2. g operation
g运算的输入包括以下四项:The input to the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I;A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 The first item, A~P, P(a i )= pi , i=1,...,I; A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
第二项,B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J;B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 The second item, B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J; B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the jth second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the jth second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000127
C表示第三变量的集合,μ表示第三变量的第一值。
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000127
C represents a set of third variables, and μ represents a first value of the third variable.
第四项,P(μ)=f;P(μ)表示第三变量的概率分布在μ处的值。The fourth term, P(μ)=f; P(μ) represents the value of the probability distribution of the third variable at μ.
g运算的输出包括:The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000128
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000129
处的条件概率分布G,G(d m)=g m,g m=p iq j/f,m=1,...,M,D表示第四变量的集合,G表示第四变量的概率分布,d m表示D中第m个第四变量,g m表示第m个第四变量为d m的概率,M表示第四变量的数量。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000128
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000129
The conditional probability distribution G at , G(d m ) = g m , g m = p i q j /f, m = 1,..., M, D represents the set of fourth variables, G represents the probability distribution of the fourth variable, d m represents the mth fourth variable in D, g m represents the probability that the mth fourth variable is d m , and M represents the number of fourth variables.
换言之,g运算包括:在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的过程中,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000130
则计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000131
g m=p iq j/f。
In other words, the operation g includes: in the process of traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000130
Then calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000131
gm = piqj /f.
其中,上述第一变量至第四变量的介绍,可以参见S5031的说明,此处不再赘述。Among them, the introduction of the above-mentioned first variable to the fourth variable can be found in the description of S5031, and will not be repeated here.
然后,介绍示例1中的各个步骤(下述S11~S18):Next, the steps in Example 1 (hereinafter referred to as S11 to S18) are introduced:
S11,收端设备进行f运算。S11, the receiving device performs f operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行f运算,f运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第1层中第1个位置的值x 0)的概率分布,第二变量(第1层中第3个位置的值x 2)的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量(第2层中第1个位置的值y 0)的概率分布。 Exemplarily, the receiving device performs an f operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 0 at the first position in the first layer of the coding network) and the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 2 at the third position in the first layer). The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer).
在S11中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S11, the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,x 0~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, x 0 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,x 0为-1的概率为1/4,x 0为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x0 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x0 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:a 1=-1,a 2=1. For example, it can be written as: a 1 = -1, a 2 = 1.
p 1=1/4,p 2=3/4. p 1 = 1/4, p 2 = 3/4.
第二项,x 2~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, x 2 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,x 2为-1的概率为1/4,x 2为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x2 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x2 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:b 1=-1,b 2=1. For example, it can be written as: b 1 = -1, b 2 = 1.
q 1=1/4,q 2=3/4. q 1 = 1/4, q 2 = 3/4.
在S11中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000132
的条件概率分布F。
In S11, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000132
The conditional probability distribution F.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000133
f ij=p iq j
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2, j=1...J=2, the following two items are calculated:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000133
fij = piqj .
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000134
c 12=0,c 21=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000135
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000134
c 12 =0,c 21 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000136
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000136
合并之后,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000137
c 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000138
After merging, it can be recorded as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000137
c 2 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000138
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000139
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000139
在S11中,f运算的输出,可以记为:y 0~F,P(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K,K=3. In S11, the output of the operation f can be recorded as: y 0 ~F,P(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K,K=3.
S12,收端设备进行f运算。S12, the receiving device performs f operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行f运算,f运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第1层中第2个位置的值x 1)的概率分布,第二变量(第1层中第4个位置的值x 3)的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量(第2层中第2个位置的值y 1)的概率分布。 Exemplarily, the receiving device performs f operation, the input of f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 1 at the second position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 3 at the fourth position in the first layer), and the output of f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer).
在S12中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S12, the inputs of operation f include the following two items:
第一项,x 1~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, x 1 ~P,P(a i )= pi ,i=1...I.
具体地,x 1为-1的概率为1/4,x 1为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x1 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x1 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:a 1=-1,a 2=1. For example, it can be written as: a 1 = -1, a 2 = 1.
p 1=1/4,p 2=3/4. p 1 = 1/4, p 2 = 3/4.
第二项,x 3~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, x 3 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,x 3为-1的概率为1/4,x 3为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x 3 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x 3 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:b 1=-1,b 2=1. For example, it can be written as: b 1 = -1, b 2 = 1.
q 1=1/4,q 2=3/4. q 1 = 1/4, q 2 = 3/4.
在S12中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000140
的条件概率分布F。
In S12, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000140
The conditional probability distribution F.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000141
f ij=p iq j
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2, j=1...J=2, the following two items are calculated:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000141
fij = piqj .
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000142
c 12=0,c 21=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000143
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000142
c 12 =0,c 21 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000143
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000144
合并之后,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000145
c 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000146
After merging, it can be recorded as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000145
c 2 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000146
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000147
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000147
在S12中,f运算的输出,可以记为:y 1~F,P(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K,K=3. In S12, the output of the operation f can be recorded as: y 1 ~F,P(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K,K=3.
S13,收端设备进行f运算。S13, the receiving device performs f operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行f运算,f运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第2层中第1个位置的值y 0)的概率分布,第二变量(第2层中第2个位置的值y 1)的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量(第3层中第1个位置的值z 0)的概率分布。 Exemplarily, the receiving device performs an f operation, the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer). The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 0 at the first position in the third layer).
在S13中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S13, the inputs of operation f include the following two items:
第一项,y 0~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, y 0 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,y 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000148
的概率为1/16,y 0为0的概率为6/16,y 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000149
的概率为9/16。
Specifically, y0 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000148
The probability that y 0 is 0 is 1/16, the probability that y 0 is 0 is 6/16, and the probability that y 0 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000149
The probability is 9/16.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000150
a 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000151
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000150
a 2 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000151
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000152
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000152
第二项,y 1~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, y 1 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000153
的概率为1/16,y 1为0的概率为6/16,y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000154
的概率为9/16。
Specifically, y1 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000153
The probability that y 1 is 0 is 1/16, the probability that y 1 is 0 is 6/16, and y 1 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000154
The probability is 9/16.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000155
b 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000156
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000155
b2 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000156
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000157
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000157
在S13中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000158
的条件概率分布F。
In S13, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000158
The conditional probability distribution F.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=3,j=1...J=3的过程中,计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000159
f ij=p iq j
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=3,j=1...J=3, the following two items are calculated:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000159
fij = piqj .
示例性的,可以记为:For example, it can be written as:
c 11=-2,c 12=-1,c 13=0,c 21=-1,c 22=0,c 23=1,c 31=0,c 32=1,c 33=2. c 11 =-2, c 12 =-1, c 13 =0, c 21 =-1, c 22 =0, c 23 =1, c 31 =0, c 32 1, c 33 =2.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000160
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000161
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000160
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000161
合并之后,可以记为:c 1=-2,c 2=-1,c 3=0,c 4=1,c 5=2. After merging, it can be recorded as: c 1 = -2, c 2 = -1, c 3 = 0, c 4 = 1, c 5 = 2.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000162
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000162
在S13中,f运算的输出,可以记为:z 0~F,P(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K,K=5. In S13, the output of the operation f can be recorded as: z 0 ~F,P(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K,K=5.
由于z 0=0已知,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000163
Since z 0 = 0 is known,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000163
S14,收端设备进行g运算。S14, the receiving device performs g operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行g运算,g运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第2层中第1个位置的值y 0)的概率分布,第二变量(第2层中第2个位置的值y 1)的概率分布,第三变量(第3层中第1个位置的值z 0)的概率分布,以及z 0的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000164
g运算的输出包括第四变量(第3层中第2个位置的值z 1)在
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000165
处的条件概率分布。
Exemplarily, the receiving device performs a g operation, and the input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 0 of the first position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 1 of the second position in the second layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 0 of the first position in the third layer), and the decoded value of z 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000164
The output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value z 1 at the second position in the third layer) in
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000165
The conditional probability distribution at .
在S14中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S14, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,y 0~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, y 0 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,y 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000166
的概率为1/16,y 0为0的概率为6/16,y 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000167
的概率为9/16。
Specifically, y0 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000166
The probability that y 0 is 0 is 1/16, the probability that y 0 is 0 is 6/16, and the probability that y 0 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000167
The probability is 9/16.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000168
a 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000169
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000168
a 2 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000169
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000170
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000170
第二项,y 1~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, y 1 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000171
的概率为1/16,y 2为0的概率为6/16,y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000172
的概率为9/16。
Specifically, y1 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000171
The probability of y2 being 0 is 1/16, the probability of y1 being
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000172
The probability is 9/16.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000173
b 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000174
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000173
b2 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000174
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000175
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000175
第三项和第四项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000176
The third and fourth items,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000176
在S14中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000177
在已知z 0=0的条件概率分布G。
In S14, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000177
Given the conditional probability distribution G where z 0 =0.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=3,j=1...J=3的过程中,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000178
则计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000179
g m=p iq j/f。
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=3,j=1...J=3, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000178
Then calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000179
gm = piqj /f.
示例性的,可以记为:d 1=-2,d 2=0,d 3=2. For example, it can be recorded as: d 1 = -2, d 2 = 0, d 3 = 2.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000180
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000180
在S14中,g运算的输出,可以记为:z 1~G,P(d m)=g m,m=1,...,M,M=3. In S14, the output of the g operation can be recorded as: z 1 ~G,P(d m )=g m ,m=1,...,M,M=3.
由于z 1待恢复,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000181
也就是说,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000182
为最大g m对应的数值d m
Since z 1 is to be restored,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000181
That is to say,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000182
is the value d m corresponding to the maximum g m .
由于
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000183
所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000184
because
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000183
so,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000184
S15,收端设备进行g运算。S15, the receiving device performs g operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行g运算,g运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第1层中第1个位置的值x 0)的概率分布,第二变量(第1层中第3个位置的值x 2)的概率分布,第三变量(第2层中第1个位置的值y 0)的概率分布,以及y 0的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000185
g运算的输出包括第四变量(第2层中第3个位置的值y 2)在
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000186
处的条件概率分布。
Exemplarily, the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 0 at the first position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 2 at the third position in the first layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 0 at the first position in the second layer), and the decoded value of y 0
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000185
The output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer) in
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000186
The conditional probability distribution at .
在S15中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S15, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,x 0~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, x 0 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,x 0为-1的概率为1/4,x 0为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x0 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x0 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:a 1=-1,a 2=1. For example, it can be written as: a 1 = -1, a 2 = 1.
p 1=1/4,p 2=3/4. p 1 = 1/4, p 2 = 3/4.
第二项,x 2~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, x 2 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,x 2为-1的概率为1/4,x 2为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x2 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x2 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:b 1=-1,b 2=1. For example, it can be written as: b 1 = -1, b 2 = 1.
q 1=1/4,q 2=3/4. q 1 = 1/4, q 2 = 3/4.
第三项和第四项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000187
The third and fourth items,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000187
在S15中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000188
在已知
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000189
的条件概率分布G。
In S15, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000188
In the known
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000189
The conditional probability distribution G.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000190
则计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000191
g m=p iq j/f。
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000190
Then calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000191
gm = piqj /f.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000192
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000192
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000193
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000193
在S15中,g运算的输出,可以记为:y 2~G,P(d m)=g m,m=1,...,M,M=2. In S15, the output of the g operation can be recorded as: y 2 ~G,P(d m )=g m ,m=1,...,M,M=2.
S16,收端设备进行g运算。S16, the receiving device performs g operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行g运算,g运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第1层中第2个位置的值x 1)的概率分布,第二变量(第1层中第4个位置的值x 3)的概率分布,第三变量(第2层中第2个位置的值y 1)的概率分布,以及y 1的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000194
g运算的输出包括第四变量(第2层中第4个位置的值y 3)在
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000195
处的条件概率分布。
Exemplarily, the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value x 1 at the second position in the first layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value x 3 at the fourth position in the first layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value y 1 at the second position in the second layer), and the decoded value of y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000194
The output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer) in
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000195
The conditional probability distribution at .
在S16中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S16, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,x 1~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, x 1 ~P,P(a i )= pi ,i=1...I.
具体地,x 1为-1的概率为1/4,x 1为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x1 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x1 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:a 1=-1,a 2=1. For example, it can be written as: a 1 = -1, a 2 = 1.
p 1=1/4,p 2=3/4. p 1 = 1/4, p 2 = 3/4.
第二项,x 3~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, x 3 ~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,x 3为-1的概率为1/4,x 3为1的概率为3/4。 Specifically, the probability that x 3 is -1 is 1/4, and the probability that x 3 is 1 is 3/4.
示例性的,可以记为:b 1=-1,b 2=1. For example, it can be written as: b 1 = -1, b 2 = 1.
q 1=1/4,q 2=3/4. q 1 = 1/4, q 2 = 3/4.
第三项和第四项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000196
The third and fourth items,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000196
在S16中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000197
在已知
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000198
的条件概率分布G。
In S16, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000197
In the known
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000198
The conditional probability distribution G.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000199
则计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000200
g m=p iq j/f。
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000199
Then calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000200
gm = piqj /f.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000201
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000201
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000202
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000202
在S16中,g运算的输出,可以记为:y 3~G,P(d m)=g m,m=1,...,M,M=2. In S16, the output of the g operation can be recorded as: y 3 ~G,P(d m )=g m ,m=1,...,M,M=2.
S17,收端设备进行f运算。S17, the receiving device performs f operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行f运算,f运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第2层中第3个位置的值y 2)的概率分布,第二变量(第2层中第4个位置的值y 3)的概率分布,f运算的输出包括第三变量(第3层中第3个位置的值z 2)的概率分布。 Exemplarily, the receiving device performs an f operation, the input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer), and the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 2 at the third position in the third layer).
在S17中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S17, the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,y 2~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, y 2 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,y 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000203
的概率为1/2,y 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000204
的概率为1/2。
Specifically, y2 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000203
The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000204
The probability is 1/2.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000205
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000205
p 1=1/2,p 2=1/2. p 1 =1/2,p 2 =1/2.
第二项,y 3~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, y 3 ~Q,P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,y 3
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000206
的概率为1/2,y 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000207
的概率为1/2。
Specifically, y 3 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000206
The probability of y 1 is 1/2, and y 1 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000207
The probability is 1/2.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000208
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000208
q 1=1/2,q 2=1/2. q 1 = 1/2,q 2 = 1/2.
在S17中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000209
的条件概率分布F。
In S17, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000209
The conditional probability distribution F.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,计算以下两项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000210
f ij=p iq j
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2, j=1...J=2, the following two items are calculated:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000210
fij = piqj .
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000211
c 12=0,c 21=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000212
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000211
c 12 =0,c 21 =0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000212
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000213
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000213
合并之后,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000214
c 2=0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000215
After merging, it can be recorded as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000214
c 2 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000215
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000216
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000216
在S17中,f运算的输出,可以记为:z 2~F,P(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K,K=3. In S17, the output of the operation f can be recorded as: z 2 ~F,P(c k )=f k ,k=1,...,K,K=3.
由于z 2=2,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000217
Since z 2 = 2,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000217
S18,收端设备进行g运算。S18, the receiving device performs g operation.
示例性的,收端设备进行g运算,g运算的输入包括第一变量(编码网络的第2层中第3个位置的值y 2)的概率分布,第二变量(第2层中第4个位置的值y 3)的概率分布,第三变量(第3层中第3个位置的值z 2)的概率分布,以及z 2的译码值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000218
g运算的输出包括第四变量(第3层中第4个位置的值z 3)在
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000219
处的条件概率分布。
Exemplarily, the receiving device performs a g operation, the input of which includes the probability distribution of the first variable (the value y 2 at the third position in the second layer of the coding network), the probability distribution of the second variable (the value y 3 at the fourth position in the second layer), the probability distribution of the third variable (the value z 2 at the third position in the third layer), and the decoded value of z 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000218
The output of the g operation includes the fourth variable (the value z 3 at the fourth position in the third layer) in
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000219
The conditional probability distribution at .
在S18中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S18, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,y 2~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1...I。 The first term, y 2 ~P,P(a i )=p i ,i=1...I.
具体地,y 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000220
的概率为1/2,y 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000221
的概率为1/2。
Specifically, y2 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000220
The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000221
The probability is 1/2.
示例性的,可以记为:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000222
For example, it can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000222
p 1=1/2,p 2=1/2. p 1 =1/2,p 2 =1/2.
第二项,y 3~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1...J。 The second term, y 3 ~Q,P(b j )=q j ,j=1...J.
具体地,y 3
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000223
的概率为1/2,y 2
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000224
的概率为1/2。
Specifically, y 3 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000223
The probability of y2 is 1/2, and y2 is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000224
The probability is 1/2.
第三项和第四项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000225
The third and fourth items,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000225
在S18中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000226
在已知
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000227
的条件概率分布G。
In S18, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000226
In the known
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000227
The conditional probability distribution G.
具体地,在遍历i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2的过程中,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000228
则计算以下两 项:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000229
g m=p iq j/f。
Specifically, in the process of traversing i=1...I=2,j=1...J=2, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000228
Then calculate the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000229
gm = piqj /f.
示例性的,可以记为:d 1=0. For example, it can be written as: d 1 =0.
g 1=1. g 1 =1.
在S18中,g运算的输出,可以记为:z 3~G,P(d m)=g m,m=1,...,M,M=1. In S18, the output of the g operation can be recorded as: z 3 ~G,P(d m )=g m ,m=1,...,M,M=1.
由于z 3待恢复,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000230
也就是说,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000231
为最大g m对应的数值d m
Since z 3 is to be restored,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000230
That is to say,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000231
is the value d m corresponding to the maximum g m .
经过上述S11~S18之后,由
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000232
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000233
After the above S11 to S18,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000232
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000233
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000234
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000235
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000234
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000235
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000236
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000237
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000236
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000237
如此,收端设备得到译码结果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000238
In this way, the receiving device obtains the decoding result
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000238
示例2Example 2
在示例2中,第一序列为实数序列,译码结果为复数序列。下面,以连续值为例对译码过程进行介绍:In Example 2, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence. The decoding process is described below using continuous values as an example:
图9a示出了一种非有限域下的译码过程。在图9a中,待编码序列的码长N=4。x 0,x 1,x 2,x 3是待编码序列,也是编码网络中第一层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。y 0,y 1,y 2,y 3为编码网络的第二层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。z 0,z 2为传输位的值,z 1,z 3为待恢复位的值,z 0,z 1,z 2,z 3也是编码网络中第三层第1,2,3,4个位置的值。 FIG9a shows a decoding process under a non-finite field. In FIG9a, the code length of the sequence to be encoded is N=4. x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network. y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network. z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits, z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered, and z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
收端设备的输入包括以下三项:The input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
第一项,第一序列[z 0,z 2]。在图9a中,z 0=0.50,z 2=-0.67。 The first term, the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ]. In FIG9 a , z 0 = 0.50, z 2 = −0.67.
第二项,信号概率分布。在图9a中,以复信号c 0=x 0+x 1i,c 1=x 2+x 3i为例,信号概率分布包括:x 0,x 1,x 2,x 3独立同分布,服从方差为0.1的双峰高斯分布
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000239
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000240
其中,φ(x;μ,σ)表示均值为μ,方差为σ的高斯分布密度函数。
The second item is signal probability distribution. In Figure 9a, taking the complex signal c 0 = x 0 + x 1 i, c 1 = x 2 + x 3 i as an example, the signal probability distribution includes: x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are independent and identically distributed, and obey a bimodal Gaussian distribution with a variance of 0.1.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000239
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000240
Wherein, φ(x; μ, σ) represents a Gaussian distribution density function with a mean of μ and a variance of σ.
第三项,传输位的位置序号{0,2}。The third item is the transmission bit position number {0,2}.
收端设备的输出包括:The output of the receiving device includes:
复信号c 0,c 1的估计值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000241
Estimated value of complex signal c 0 ,c 1
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000241
首先,定义采样矩阵和离散化函数:First, define the sampling matrix and discretization function:
定义1,采样矩阵 Definition 1, sampling matrix
给定采样区间[a,b]和n个采样点a<c 1<c 2<...<c n<b,密度函数f X(x)的采样矩阵P是一个2×(n+2)的矩阵,它储存了采样区间和密度函数f X(x)在采样点的值,即: Given a sampling interval [a, b] and n sampling points a<c 1 <c 2 <...< cn <b, the sampling matrix P of the density function f X (x) is a 2×(n+2) matrix that stores the sampling interval and the values of the density function f X (x) at the sampling points, that is:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000242
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000242
其中,在采样矩阵P的第1列中,a表示采样区间的一个端点值,密度函数f X(x)在端点a的值为0。在采样矩阵P的第i+1列中,密度函数f X(x)在采样点c i的值为p i。其中,密度函数f X(x)可以表示为:f X(c i)=p i,i=1,2,…,n。在采样矩阵P的第i+2列中,b表示采样区间的另一个端点值,密度函数f X(x)在端点b的值为0。 In the first column of the sampling matrix P, a represents an endpoint value of the sampling interval, and the value of the density function f X (x) at the endpoint a is 0. In the i+1th column of the sampling matrix P, the value of the density function f X (x) at the sampling point c i is p i . The density function f X (x) can be expressed as: f X (c i ) = p i , i = 1, 2, …, n. In the i+2th column of the sampling matrix P, b represents another endpoint value of the sampling interval, and the value of the density function f X (x) at the endpoint b is 0.
定义2,离散化函数Definition 2: Discretization function
给定采样矩阵P和实数x,定义离散化函数d(x,P)为:Given a sampling matrix P and a real number x, the discretization function d(x,P) is defined as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000243
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000243
在离散化函数d(x,P)中,P 1,1表示采样矩阵P的第1行、第1列的元素,即端点值a。P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P的第1行、第n+2列的元素,即端点值b。P 1,i表示采样矩阵P的第1行、第i列的元素,即采样点c i-1。P 2,j表示采样矩阵P的第2行、第j列的元素,即采样点p i-1In the discretization function d(x,P), P 1,1 represents the element in the 1st row and 1st column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the endpoint value a. P 1,n+2 represents the element in the 1st row and n+2th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the endpoint value b. P 1,i represents the element in the 1st row and i-th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the sampling point c i-1 . P 2,j represents the element in the 2nd row and j-th column of the sampling matrix P, that is, the sampling point p i-1 .
在离散化函数d(x,P)中,若x≤P 1,1或x≥P 1,n+2,则d(x,P)=0。若P 1,1<x<P 1,n+2,则d(x,P)=P 2,j
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000244
可以理解为,采样矩阵P的采样点P 1,j与x之间的距离最小。
In the discretization function d(x,P), if x≤P 1,1 or x≥P 1,n+2 , then d(x,P)=0. If P 1,1 <x<P 1,n+2 , then d(x,P)=P 2,j .
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000244
It can be understood that the distance between the sampling point P 1,j of the sampling matrix P and x is the smallest.
容易理解的是,离散化函数d(x,P)为密度函数f X(x)的阶梯函数近似,如图9b所示。 It is easy to understand that the discretization function d(x,P) is a step function approximation of the density function fX (x), as shown in FIG9b.
然后,定义f运算和g运算:Then, define the f operation and the g operation:
1,f运算:1. f operation:
f运算的输入包括以下三项:The input to the f operation includes the following three items:
第一项,A~f PThe first term, A~f P.
其中,A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, A represents the first variable, fP represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
第二项,B~f QThe second term, B~f Q.
其中,B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
第三项,采样点个数n。The third item is the number of sampling points n.
f运算的输出包括:The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000245
的采样矩阵U。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000245
The sampling matrix U of .
通过f运算确定采样矩阵U的处理过程包括:The process of determining the sampling matrix U through the f operation includes:
步骤1,确定采样点: Step 1, determine the sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000246
在区间[U min,U max]中等间距选取n个点,记为u 1,u 2,u 3,…,u n.
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000246
Select n points with equal spacing in the interval [U min ,U max ], denoted as u 1 ,u 2 ,u 3 ,…, un .
步骤2,针对第i个采样点,计算第i个采样点附近的采样值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000247
Step 2: For the i-th sampling point, calculate the sampling value near the i-th sampling point
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000247
第i个采样点附近的采样值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000248
满足:
The sample values near the i-th sampling point
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000248
satisfy:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000249
d(·,·)是离散化函数,参见公式(3-2)的介绍,此处不再赘述。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000249
d(·,·) is a discretization function, see the introduction of formula (3-2), which will not be repeated here.
步骤3,对
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000250
做归一化计算
Step 3,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000250
Do normalization calculation
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000251
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000252
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000251
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000252
然后,根据归一化处理后的f i,得到采样矩阵U: Then, according to the normalized fi , we get the sampling matrix U:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000253
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000253
2,g运算:2. g operation:
g运算的输入包括以下四项:The input to the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,A~f PThe first term, A~f P.
其中,A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, A represents the first variable, fP represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
第二项,B~f QThe second term, B~f Q.
其中,B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 Wherein, B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000254
其中,C表示第三变量,μ表示第三变量的第一值。
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000254
Wherein, C represents the third variable, and μ represents the first value of the third variable.
第四项,采样点个数n。The fourth item is the number of sampling points n.
g运算的输出包括:The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000255
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000256
处的条件概率分布V。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000255
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000256
The conditional probability distribution V at .
其中,D表示第四变量的集合,V满足:Where D represents the set of the fourth variable, and V satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000257
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000257
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000258
P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000258
P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000259
Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素;P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000259
Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q; P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
v i是n个点中的第i个点,n个点是[V min,V max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,...,n。 vi is the i-th point among n points, and the n points are points equally spaced between [V min , V max ], i=1, 2, ..., n.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000260
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000261
表示第一变量的离散化函数,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000262
表示第二变量的离散化函数。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000260
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000261
represents the discretized function of the first variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000262
Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
换言之,g运算包括:In other words, the g operation involves:
步骤b1,确定采样点Step b1, determine the sampling point
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000263
在区间[V min,V max]中等间距取n个点,记为v 1,v 2,v 3,…,v n.
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000263
Select n points with equal spacing in the interval [V min ,V max ], denoted as v 1 ,v 2 ,v 3 ,…,v n .
步骤b2,令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000264
Step b2, let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000264
步骤b3,对
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000265
做归一化
Step b3,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000265
Do normalization
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000266
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000267
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000266
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000267
输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000268
Output
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000268
其中,上述第一变量至第四变量可以参见S5031的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the above-mentioned first variable to fourth variable can refer to the introduction of S5031, which will not be repeated here.
然后,介绍示例2中的各个步骤(下述预处理步骤、S21~S28):Next, the steps in Example 2 (the following preprocessing steps, S21 to S28) are introduced:
预处理:对信号概率分布进行采样,得到采样矩阵P。Preprocessing: Sample the signal probability distribution to obtain the sampling matrix P.
令采样区间为[-2,2],采样点个数n=4,因此,得到采样矩阵P:Let the sampling interval be [-2, 2], and the number of sampling points n = 4, so we get the sampling matrix P:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000269
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000269
S21,收端设备进行f运算。S21, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S21中,f运算的输入包括以下三项:In S21, the input of operation f includes the following three items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000270
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000270
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000271
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000271
第三项,采样点个数n=4。The third item, the number of sampling points n=4.
在S21中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000272
的采样矩阵U.
In S21, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000272
The sampling matrix U.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000273
再确定采样点,即u 1=-1.6971,u 2=-0.5657,u 3=0.5657,u 4=1.6971.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000273
Then determine the sampling points, that is, u 1 = -1.6971, u 2 = -0.5657, u 3 = 0.5657, u 4 = 1.6971.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000274
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000275
以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000276
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000274
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000275
To get:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000276
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000277
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000278
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000277
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000278
To get:
f 1=0.1636,f 2=0.1966,f 3=0.1966,f 4=0.1636. f 1 = 0.1636, f 2 = 0.1966, f 3 = 0.1966, f 4 = 0.1636.
在S21中,f运算的输出,可以记为:In S21, the output of the f operation can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000279
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000279
S22,收端设备进行f运算。S22, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S22中,f运算的输入包括以下三项:In S22, the input of operation f includes the following three items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000280
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000280
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000281
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000281
第三项,采样点个数n=4。The third item, the number of sampling points n=4.
在S22中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000282
的采样矩阵U.
In S22, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000282
The sampling matrix U.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000283
再确定采样点,即u 1=-1.6971,u 2=-0.5657,u 3=0.5657,u 4=1.6971.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000283
Then determine the sampling points, that is, u 1 = -1.6971, u 2 = -0.5657, u 3 = 0.5657, u 4 = 1.6971.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000284
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000285
相应的,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000286
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000284
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000285
corresponding,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000286
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000287
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000288
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000287
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000288
To get:
f 1=0.1636,f 2=0.1966,f 3=0.1966,f 4=0.1636. f 1 = 0.1636, f 2 = 0.1966, f 3 = 0.1966, f 4 = 0.1636.
在S22中,f运算的输出,可以记为:In S22, the output of the f operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000289
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000289
S23,收端设备进行f运算。S23, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S23中,f运算的输入包括以下三项:In S23, the input of operation f includes the following three items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000290
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000290
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000291
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000291
第三项,采样点个数n=4.The third item is the number of sampling points n = 4.
在S23中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000292
的采样矩阵U.
In S23, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000292
The sampling matrix U.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000293
再确定采样点,即u 1=-2.4,u 2=-0.8,u 3=0.8,u 4=2.4.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000293
Then determine the sampling points, that is, u 1 = -2.4, u 2 = -0.8, u 3 = 0.8, u 4 = 2.4.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000294
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000295
以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000296
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000294
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000295
To get:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000296
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000297
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000298
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000297
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000298
To get:
f 1=0.0844,f 2=0.1859,f 3=0.1859,f 4=0.0844. f 1 =0.0844,f 2 =0.1859,f 3 =0.1859,f 4 =0.0844.
在S23中,f运算的输出,可以记为:In S23, the output of the f operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000299
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000299
由于z 0=0.5已知,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000300
Since z 0 = 0.5 is known,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000300
S24,收端设备进行g运算。S24, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S24中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S24, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000301
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000301
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000302
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000302
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000303
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000303
第四项,采样点个数n=4.The fourth item is the number of sampling points n = 4.
在S24中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000304
在已知z 0=0.5的条件分布采样矩阵V.
In S24, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000304
The conditional distribution sampling matrix V is known to be z 0 = 0.5.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000305
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000306
再确定采样点,即v 1=-2.1,v 2=-0.7,v 3=0.7,v 4=2.1.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000305
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000306
Then determine the sampling points, that is, v 1 = -2.1, v 2 = -0.7, v 3 = 0.7, v 4 = 2.1.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000307
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000308
以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000309
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000307
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000308
To get:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000309
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000310
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000311
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000310
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000311
To get:
g 1=0.1213,g 2=0.1752,g 3=0.1752,g 4=0.1213 g 1 = 0.1213, g 2 = 0.1752, g 3 = 0.1752, g 4 = 0.1213
在S24中,g运算的输出,可以记为:In S24, the output of the g operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000312
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000312
由于z 1待恢复,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000313
Since z 1 is to be restored,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000313
由于
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000314
所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000315
because
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000314
so,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000315
S25,收端设备进行g运算。S25, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S25中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S25, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000316
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000316
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000317
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000317
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000318
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000318
第四项,采样点个数n=4。The fourth item is the number of sampling points n=4.
在S25中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000319
在已知y 0=-0.1414的条件分布采样矩阵V.
In S25, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000319
The conditional distribution sampling matrix V is known to be y 0 = -0.1414.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000320
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000321
再确定采样点,即v 1=-1.6122,v 2=-0.5374,v 3=0.5374,v 4=1.6122.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000320
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000321
Then determine the sampling points, that is, v 1 = -1.6122, v 2 = -0.5374, v 3 = 0.5374, v 4 = 1.6122.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000322
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000323
以得到:g 1=0.2667,g 2=0.0109,g 3=0.0109,g 4=0.2667.
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000322
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000323
To obtain: g 1 = 0.2667, g 2 = 0.0109, g 3 = 0.0109, g 4 = 0.2667.
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000324
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000325
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000324
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000325
To get:
g 1=0.3019,g 2=0.0123,g 3=0.0123,g 4=0.3019 g 1 = 0.3019, g 2 = 0.0123, g 3 = 0.0123, g 4 = 0.3019
在S25中,g运算的输出,可以记为:In S25, the output of the g operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000326
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000326
S26,收端设备进行g运算。S26, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S26中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S26, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000327
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000327
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000328
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000328
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000329
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000329
第四项,采样点个数n=4.The fourth item is the number of sampling points n = 4.
在S26中,g运算的输出包括:In S26, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000330
在已知y 1=0.8485的条件分布采样矩阵V.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000330
The conditional distribution sampling matrix V is known to be y 1 = 0.8485.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000331
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000332
再确定采样点,即v 1=-1.1879,v 2=-0.3960,v 3=0.3960,v 4=1.1879.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000331
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000332
Then determine the sampling points, that is, v 1 = -1.1879, v 2 = -0.3960, v 3 = 0.3960, v 4 = 1.1879.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000333
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000334
以得到:g 1=0.0539,g 2=0.0539,g 3=0.0539,g 4=0.0539.
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000333
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000334
To obtain: g 1 = 0.0539, g 2 = 0.0539, g 3 = 0.0539, g 4 = 0.0539.
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000335
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000336
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000335
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000336
To get:
g 1=0.2525,g 2=0.2525,g 3=02525,g 4=0.2525 g 1 = 0.2525, g 2 = 0.2525, g 3 = 0.2525, g 4 = 0.2525
在S26中,g运算的输出,可以记为:In S26, the output of the g operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000337
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000337
S27,收端设备进行f运算。S27, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S27中,f运算的输入包括以下三项:In S27, the input of operation f includes the following three items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000338
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000338
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000339
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000339
第三项,采样点个数n=4.The third item is the number of sampling points n = 4.
在S27中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000340
采样矩阵U.
In S27, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000340
Sampling matrix U.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000341
再确定采样点,即u 1=-1.98,u 2=-0.66,u 3=0.66,u 4=1.98.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000341
Then determine the sampling points, that is, u 1 = -1.98, u 2 = -0.66, u 3 = 0.66, u 4 = 1.98.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000342
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000343
以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000344
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000342
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000343
To get:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000344
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000345
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000346
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000345
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000346
To get:
f 1=0.1487,f 2=0.1557,f 3=0.1557,f 4=0.1487. f 1 = 0.1487, f 2 = 0.1557, f 3 = 0.1557, f 4 = 0.1487.
在S27中,f运算的输出,可以记为:In S27, the output of the f operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000347
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000347
由于z 2=-0.67已知,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000348
Since z 2 = -0.67 is known,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000348
S28,收端设备进行g运算。S28, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S28中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S28, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000349
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000349
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000350
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000350
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000351
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000351
第四项,采样点个数n=4.The fourth item is the number of sampling points n = 4.
在S28中,g运算的输出包括:In S28, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000352
在已知z 2=-0.67的条件分布采样矩阵V.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000352
The conditional distribution sampling matrix V is known to have z 2 = -0.67.
具体地,首先,收端设备计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000353
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000354
再确定采样点,即v 1=-2.078,v 2=-1.026,v 3=0.026,v 4=1.078.
Specifically, first, the receiving device calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000353
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000354
Then determine the sampling points, that is, v 1 = -2.078, v 2 = -1.026, v 3 = 0.026, v 4 = 1.078.
然后,收端设备遍历i=1,2,3,4,计算每个采样点附近的密度函数:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000355
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000356
以得到:g 1=0.0762,g 2=0.0762,g 3=0.0031,g 4=0.0031.
Then, the receiving device traverses i=1,2,3,4 and calculates the density function near each sampling point:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000355
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000356
To obtain: g 1 = 0.0762, g 2 = 0.0762, g 3 = 0.0031, g 4 = 0.0031.
再作归一化处理,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000357
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000358
以得到:
After normalization, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000357
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000358
To get:
g 1=0.3653,g 2=0.3653,g 3=0.0149,g 4=0.0149 g 1 = 0.3653, g 2 = 0.3653, g 3 = 0.0149, g 4 = 0.0149
在S28中,g运算的输出,可以记为:In S28, the output of the g operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000359
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000359
由于z 3待恢复,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000360
Since z 3 is to be restored,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000360
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000361
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000362
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000361
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000362
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000363
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000364
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000363
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000364
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000365
计算出:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000366
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000365
Calculate:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000366
如此,收端设备得到估计
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000367
In this way, the receiving device can get an estimate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000367
示例3Example 3
在示例3中,第一序列和译码结果两者为实数序列。下面,以连续值为例对译码过程进行介绍:In Example 3, both the first sequence and the decoding result are real number sequences. The decoding process is described below using continuous values as an example:
图10示出了一种非有限域下的译码过程。在图10中,待编码序列的码长N=4。x 0,x 1,x 2,x 3是待编码序列,也是编码网络中第一层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。y 0,y 1,y 2,y 3为编码网络的第二层第1,2,3,4个位置上的值。z 0,z 2为传输位的值,z 1,z 3为待恢复位的值,z 0,z 1,z 2,z 3也是编码网络中第三层第1,2,3,4个位置的值。 FIG10 shows a decoding process under a non-finite field. In FIG10 , the code length of the sequence to be encoded is N=4. x 0 , x 1 , x 2 , x 3 are the sequences to be encoded, and are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the first layer in the encoding network. y 0 , y 1 , y 2 , y 3 are the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the second layer in the encoding network. z 0 , z 2 are the values of the transmitted bits, z 1 , z 3 are the values of the bits to be recovered, and z 0 , z 1 , z 2 , z 3 are also the values of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th positions of the third layer in the encoding network.
收端设备的输入包括以下三项:The input of the receiving device includes the following three items:
第一项,第一序列[z 0,z 2]。在图10中,z 0=0.60,z 2=-0.60。 The first term, the first sequence [z 0 ,z 2 ]. In FIG10 , z 0 = 0.60, z 2 = -0.60.
第二项,信号概率分布。在图10中,信号概率分布P为0.5δ 0+0.5φ(x;0,1),即P以0.5的概率取自0,以0.5的概率取自高斯分布,信号稀疏度为0.5。 The second item is the signal probability distribution. In Figure 10, the signal probability distribution P is 0.5δ 0 +0.5φ(x; 0, 1), that is, P is taken from 0 with a probability of 0.5, and from the Gaussian distribution with a probability of 0.5, and the signal sparsity is 0.5.
第三项,传输位的位置序号{0,2}。The third item is the position number of the transmission bit {0,2}.
收端设备的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000368
The output of the receiving device includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000368
考虑信号的连续部分为混合高斯分布,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000369
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000370
Consider the continuous part of the signal to be a mixed Gaussian distribution,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000369
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000370
在本申请实施例中,采用
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000371
表示均值为μ,方差为σ的高斯分布密度函数。
In the embodiment of the present application,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000371
Represents the Gaussian distribution density function with mean μ and variance σ.
对于混合高斯分布
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000372
用一个3×G的矩阵P表示:
For a mixed Gaussian distribution
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000372
It is represented by a 3×G matrix P:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000373
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000373
矩阵P的每一列代表一个高斯分量,第一行表示均值,第二行表示方差,第三行表示比例系数。容易理解的是,混合高斯分布在经过f运算和g运算之后还保持混合高斯分布,只是均值方差发生变化。Each column of the matrix P represents a Gaussian component, the first row represents the mean, the second row represents the variance, and the third row represents the proportional coefficient. It is easy to understand that the mixed Gaussian distribution remains a mixed Gaussian distribution after the f and g operations, but the mean and variance change.
先介绍适用于稀疏信号的f运算和g运算。其中,f运算用于进行卷积运算,g运算用于进行条件概率运算。其中,f运算和g运算的介绍如下:First, we introduce the f operation and g operation applicable to sparse signals. Among them, the f operation is used for convolution operation, and the g operation is used for conditional probability operation. The introduction of the f operation and the g operation is as follows:
1,f运算1. f operation
f运算的输入包括以下两项:The inputs to the operation f include the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000374
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000374
其中,A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000375
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000376
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000377
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Where A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000375
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000376
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000377
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000378
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000378
其中,B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000379
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000380
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000381
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Where B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000379
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000380
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000381
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000382
的概率分布。
The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000382
The probability distribution of .
其中,C表示第三变量。C的概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000383
Where C represents the third variable. The probability distribution of C satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000383
f运算包括如下步骤:The f operation includes the following steps:
步骤1,确定离散部分的比例,令η U=η Pη Q. Step 1: Determine the ratio of the discrete parts, let η U =η P η Q .
步骤2,确定离散部分: Step 2, determine the discrete part:
在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000384
f ij=p iq j.对不同的i,j,计算出c ij可能相同,合并相同的c ij.记合并后的值为c 1,…,c M;f 1,…,f M.
When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000384
f ij = p i q j . For different i, j, the calculated c ij may be the same, merge the same c ij . The merged value is recorded as c 1 ,…,c M ; f 1 ,…,f M .
步骤3,确定连续部分:Step 3, determine the continuous part:
在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000385
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000386
When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q , calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000385
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000386
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000387
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000388
When traversing i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000387
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000388
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000389
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000390
When traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q , calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000389
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000390
步骤4,合并连续部分:Step 4, merge the continuous parts:
对于不同的i,j,t,高斯分量
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000391
可能相同,合并相同的
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000392
设合并后共有K个高斯分量(μ 111),…,(μ KKK),令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000393
For different i,j,t, Gaussian components
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000391
May be the same, merge the same
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000392
Suppose there are K Gaussian components after merging (μ 111 ),…,(μ KKK ), let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000393
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000394
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000394
2,g运算2. g operation
g运算的输入包括以下四项:The input to the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000395
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000395
其中,A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000396
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000397
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000398
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Where A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000396
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000397
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000398
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000399
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000399
其中,B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000400
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000401
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000402
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Where B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000400
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000401
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000402
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
第三项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000403
the third item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000403
第四项,C的离散部分的支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}。 The fourth term is the support of the discrete part of C {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }.
其中,支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}表示在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,c i,j中的M个,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000404
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000405
支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素互不相同。
The support set {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } represents the M of c i,j in the case of traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000404
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000405
The elements in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } are different from each other.
g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000406
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000407
的条件概率分布。其中,D表示第四变量。
The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000406
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000407
The conditional probability distribution of . Where D represents the fourth variable.
g运算的处理步骤包括:The processing steps of the g operation include:
如果u∈{c 1,c 2,…,c M},即u在f运算的离散支集中,那么,g运算的处理步骤包括: If u∈{c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M }, that is, u is in the discrete support of operation f, then the processing steps of operation g include:
在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000408
则令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000409
g m=p iq j.令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000410
相应的,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000411
When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000408
Then
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000409
g m = p i q j . Let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000410
corresponding,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000411
如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000412
即u在f运算的离散支集外,那么,g运算的处理步骤包括:
if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000412
That is, u is outside the discrete support of the f operation, then the processing steps of the g operation include:
步骤1,确定离散部分的比例: Step 1, determine the proportion of discrete parts:
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000413
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000413
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000414
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000414
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000415
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000415
F(u)=F 1(u)+F 2(u)+F 3(u).令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000416
F(u)=F 1 (u)+F 2 (u)+F 3 (u). Let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000416
步骤2,确定离散部分: Step 2, determine the discrete part:
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000417
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000417
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000418
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000419
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000420
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000418
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000419
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000420
步骤3,确定连续部分:Step 3, determine the continuous part:
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,计算以下三项: When traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q , the following three items are calculated:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000421
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000421
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000422
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000422
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000423
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000423
步骤4,合并连续部分:Step 4, merge the continuous parts:
对于不同的i,j,高斯分量(μ ijij)可能相同,合并相同的(μ ijij)。 For different i, j, the Gaussian components (μ ijij ) may be the same, and the same (μ ijij ) are merged.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000424
make
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000424
相应的,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000425
corresponding,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000425
其中,上述第一变量至第四变量可以参见S5031的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the above-mentioned first variable to fourth variable can refer to the introduction of S5031, which will not be repeated here.
然后,介绍示例3中的各个步骤(下述S31~S38):Next, the steps in Example 3 (S31 to S38 described below) are introduced:
S31,收端设备进行f运算。S31, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S31中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S31, the input of operation f includes the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000426
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000426
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000427
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000427
在S31中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000428
的分布.
In S31, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000428
Distribution.
具体地,计算η U=η Pη Q=0.5*0.5=0.25.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000429
f 1=p 1q 1=1.
Specifically, calculate η UP η Q =0.5*0.5=0.25.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000429
f 1 =p 1 q 1 =1.
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000430
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000430
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000431
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000431
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000432
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000432
合并相同的高斯分量,归一化后得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000433
Merge the same Gaussian components and normalize them to get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000433
在S31中,f运算的输出,可以记为:y 0~0.25δ 0+0.75U. In S31, the output of operation f can be recorded as: y 0 ~0.25δ 0 +0.75U.
S32,收端设备进行f运算。S32, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S32中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S32, the input of operation f includes the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000434
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000434
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000435
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000435
在S32中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000436
的分布.
In S32, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000436
Distribution.
具体地,计算η U=η Pη Q=0.5*0.5=0.25.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000437
f 1=p 1q 1=1.
Specifically, calculate η UP η Q =0.5*0.5=0.25.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000437
f 1 =p 1 q 1 =1.
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000438
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000438
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000439
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000439
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000440
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000440
合并相同的高斯分量,归一化后得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000441
Merge the same Gaussian components and normalize them to get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000441
在S32中,f运算的输出,可以记为:y 1~0.25δ 0+0.75U. In S32, the output of operation f can be recorded as: y 1 ~0.25δ 0 +0.75U.
S33,收端设备进行f运算。S33, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S33中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S33, the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000442
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000442
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000443
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000443
在S33中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000444
的分布.
In S33, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000444
Distribution.
具体地,计算η U=η Pη Q=0.25*0.25=0.0625.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000445
f 1=p 1q 1=1.
Specifically, calculate η UP η Q =0.25*0.25=0.0625.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000445
f 1 =p 1 q 1 =1.
遍历i=1,j=1,2,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000446
Traverse i=1,j=1,2, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000446
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000447
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000447
遍历i=1,2,j=1,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000448
Traverse i=1,2,j=1, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000448
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000449
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000449
遍历i=1,2,j=1,2,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000450
Traverse i=1,2,j=1,2, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000450
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000451
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000451
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000452
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000452
合并相同的高斯分量,归一化后得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000453
Merge the same Gaussian components and normalize them to get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000453
在S33中,f运算的输出,可以记为:z 0~0.0625δ 0+0.9375U. In S33, the output of the f operation can be recorded as: z 0 ~0.0625δ 0 +0.9375U.
由于z 0=0.6已知,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000454
Since z 0 = 0.6 is known, we can
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000454
S34,收端设备进行g运算。S34, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S34中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S34, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000455
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000455
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000456
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000456
第三项,z 0=0.6. The third term, z 0 = 0.6.
第四项,z 0离散部分的支集{0}. The fourth term is the support {0} of the discrete part of z 0 .
在S34中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000457
在z 0=0.6的条件分布.
In S34, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000457
Conditional distribution at z 0 = 0.6.
由于
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000458
所以,收端设备确定:
because
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000458
Therefore, the receiving device determines:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000459
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000459
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000460
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000460
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000461
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000461
F(z 0)=F 1(z 0)+F 2(z 0)+F 3(z 0)=0.3561,令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000462
F(z 0 )=F 1 (z 0 )+F 2 (z 0 )+F 3 (z 0 )=0.3561, let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000462
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000463
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000464
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000463
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000464
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000465
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000465
对g i归一化后得到g 1=g 2=0.5. After normalizing g i , we get g 1 = g 2 = 0.5.
遍历i=1,2,j=1,2,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000466
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000467
Traverse i=1,2,j=1,2, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000466
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000467
μ 11=0,σ 11=0.5,λ 11=0.4690;μ 12=-0.2,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000468
λ 12=0.2159;
μ 11 =0,σ 11 =0.5,λ 11 =0.4690;μ 12 =-0.2,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000468
λ 12 =0.2159;
μ 21=0.2,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000469
λ 21=0.2159;μ 22=0,σ 22=1,λ 22=0.0993.
μ 21 = 0.2,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000469
λ 21 =0.2159;μ 22 =0,σ 22 =1,λ 22 =0.0993.
合并相同的高斯分量,得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000470
Combining the same Gaussian components, we get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000470
输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000471
Output
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000471
由于z 1待恢复,若z 1取离散分布,最有可能取-0.6={d m:max g m},概率为p d=η V*max g m=0.4108*0.5=0.2054。 Since z 1 needs to be restored, if z 1 takes a discrete distribution, it is most likely to take -0.6 = {d m :max g m }, and the probability is p d = η V *max g m = 0.4108*0.5 = 0.2054.
若z 1取连续分布,最有可能取到均值为0={V 1,m:max V 3,m}的高斯分布,概率为p c=(1-η V)*max V 3,m=0.5892*0.4690=0.2763. If z 1 takes a continuous distribution, the most likely distribution is a Gaussian distribution with a mean of 0 = {V 1,m :max V 3,m }, with a probability of p c = (1-η V )*max V 3,m = 0.5892*0.4690 = 0.2763.
由于p c>p d,得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000472
Since p c > p d , we get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000472
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000473
计算出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000474
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000473
Calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000474
S35,收端设备进行g运算。S35, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S35中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S35, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000475
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000475
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000476
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000476
第三项,y 0=0.4243. The third term, y 0 = 0.4243.
第四项,y 0离散部分的支集{0}. The fourth term is the support {0} of the discrete part of y 0 .
在S35中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000477
在y 0=0.4243的条件分布.
In S35, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000477
Conditional distribution at y 0 = 0.4243.
由于
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000478
所以,收端设备确定:
because
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000478
Therefore, the receiving device determines:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000479
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000479
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000480
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000480
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000481
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000481
F(y 0)=F 1(y 0)+F 2(y 0)+F 3(y 0)=0.3268,令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000482
F(y 0 )=F 1 (y 0 )+F 2 (y 0 )+F 3 (y 0 )=0.3268, let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000482
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000483
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000484
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000483
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000484
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000485
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000485
对g i归一化后得到g 1=g 2=0.5. After normalizing g i , we get g 1 = g 2 = 0.5.
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000486
λ 11=1,得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000487
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000486
λ 11 = 1, we get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000487
输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000488
Output
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000488
S36,收端设备进行g运算。S36, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S36中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S36, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000489
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000489
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000490
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000490
第三项,y 1=0.4243. The third term, y 1 = 0.4243.
第四项,y 1离散部分的支集{0}. The fourth term is the support {0} of the discrete part of y 1 .
在S36中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000491
在y 1=0.4243的条件分布.
In S36, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000491
Conditional distribution at y 1 = 0.4243.
由于
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000492
所以,收端设备确定:
because
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000492
Therefore, the receiving device determines:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000493
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000493
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000494
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000494
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000495
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000495
F(y 1)=F 1(y 1)+F 2(y 1)+F 3(y 1)=0.3268,令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000496
F(y 1 )=F 1 (y 1 )+F 2 (y 1 )+F 3 (y 1 )=0.3268, let
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000496
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000497
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000498
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000497
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000498
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000499
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000499
对g i归一化后得到g 1=g 2=0.5. After normalizing g i , we get g 1 = g 2 = 0.5.
计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000500
λ 11=1,得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000501
calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000500
λ 11 = 1, we get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000501
输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000502
Output
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000502
S37,收端设备进行f运算。S37, the receiving device performs f operation.
在S37中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In S37, the inputs of the f operation include the following two items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000503
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000504
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000503
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000504
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000505
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000506
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000505
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000506
在S37中,f运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000507
的分布.
In S37, the output of the f operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000507
Distribution.
具体地,收端设备计算η U=η Pη Q=0.7211*0.7211=0.5199.遍历i=1,2,j=1,2,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000508
f ij=p iq j,以得到:
Specifically, the receiving device calculates η UP η Q =0.7211*0.7211=0.5199. Iterates through i=1,2,j=1,2, and calculates
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000508
fij = piqj , to obtain:
c 11=-0.6,f 11=0.25;c 12=0,f 12=0.25;c 21=0,f 21=0.25;c 22=0.6,f 22=0.25.合并相同的c ij得到c 1=-0.6,f 1=0.25;c 2=0,f 2=0.5;c 3=0.6,f 3=0.25. c 11 = -0.6, f 11 = 0.25; c 12 = 0, f 12 = 0.25; c 21 = 0, f 21 = 0.25; c 22 = 0.6, f 22 = 0.25. Combining the same c ij gives c 1 = -0.6, f 1 = 0.25; c 2 = 0, f 2 = 0.5; c 3 = 0.6, f 3 = 0.25.
遍历i=1,2,j=1,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000509
Traverse i=1,2,j=1, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000509
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000510
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000510
遍历i=1,j=1,2,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000511
Traverse i=1,j=1,2, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000511
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000512
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000512
遍历i=1,j=1,计算
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000513
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000514
Traverse i=1,j=1, calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000513
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000514
合并相同的高斯分量,归一化后得到
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000515
Merge the same Gaussian components and normalize them to get
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000515
在S37中,f运算的输出,可以记为:In S37, the output of the f operation can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000516
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000516
由于z 2=0.6已知,所以,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000517
Since z 2 = 0.6 is known,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000517
S38,收端设备进行g运算。S38, the receiving device performs g operation.
在S38中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In S38, the input of the g operation includes the following four items:
第一项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000518
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000519
First item,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000518
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000519
第二项,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000520
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000521
second section,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000520
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000521
第三项,z 2=0.6. The third term, z 2 = 0.6.
第四项,z 2离散部分的支集{-0.6,0.6,0}. The fourth term, the support of the discrete part of z 2 is {-0.6, 0.6, 0}.
在S38中,g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000522
在z 2=0.6的条件分布.
In S38, the output of the g operation includes:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000522
Conditional distribution at z 2 = 0.6.
z 2=0.6∈{-0.6,0.6,0}.遍历i=1,2,j=1,2,如果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000523
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000524
g m=p iq j:
z 2 = 0.6∈{-0.6,0.6,0}. Traverse i=1,2,j=1,2, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000523
but
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000524
g m = p i q j :
d 1=0,g 1=0.25,归一化后得到d 1=0,g 1=1. d 1 = 0, g 1 = 0.25, after normalization, we get d 1 = 0, g 1 = 1.
输出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000525
Output
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000525
z 3待恢复,且z 3的条件分布以概率1取0,因此
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000526
z 3 is to be restored, and the conditional distribution of z 3 takes 0 with probability 1, so
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000526
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000527
计算出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000528
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000527
Calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000528
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000529
计算出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000530
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000529
Calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000530
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000531
计算出
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000532
Depend on
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000531
Calculate
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000532
如此,收端设备得到译码结果
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000533
In this way, the receiving device obtains the decoding result
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000533
在示例3中,收端设备利用哈达马变换(hadamard transform)的递归结构,来恢复稀疏信号,相比于传统的BP算法而言,示例3的译码过程无需迭代,复杂度低,并且具有更好的信号恢复效果。In Example 3, the receiving device uses the recursive structure of Hadamard transform to recover the sparse signal. Compared with the traditional BP algorithm, the decoding process of Example 3 does not require iteration, has low complexity, and has better signal recovery effect.
示例性的,图11和图12分别对应了码长N={128,512}时的压缩效果。在图11和图12中,横轴为压缩率(即压缩后保留的比特数目占总比特数目的比例),纵轴为压缩性能,即归一化均方误差(normalized mean square error,NMSE)。将本申请实施例非有限域下的译码方法500与图4所示的方法进行比较,在压缩率相同的情况下,本申请实施例非有限域下的译码方法500相比于图4所示的方法,有较低的NMSE。其中,图11和图12中的字母A指 示的折线,表示图4所示方法的性能效果,图11和图12中的字母B指示的折线,表示本申请实施例非有限域下的译码方法500的性能效果。Exemplarily, FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 correspond to the compression effect when the code length N = {128, 512}, respectively. In FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, the horizontal axis is the compression rate (i.e., the ratio of the number of bits retained after compression to the total number of bits), and the vertical axis is the compression performance, i.e., the normalized mean square error (NMSE). Comparing the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field of the embodiment of the present application with the method shown in FIG. 4, under the same compression rate, the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field of the embodiment of the present application has a lower NMSE than the method shown in FIG. 4. Among them, the broken line indicated by the letter A in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 represents the performance effect of the method shown in FIG. 4, and the broken line indicated by the letter B in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 represents the performance effect of the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field of the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,非有限域下的译码方法500的执行主体可以是收端设备,如收端设备中的译码器,或其他能够实现译码功能的模块。在本申请实施例中,以收端设备为例,进行介绍。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the execution subject of the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field can be a receiving device, such as a decoder in the receiving device, or other modules capable of implementing the decoding function. In the embodiment of the present application, the receiving device is taken as an example for introduction.
应理解,本申请实施例非有限域下的译码方法500,可以适用于信源译码,也可以适用于信道译码。在本申请实施例的译码方法进行信源译码的情况下,信源编码可以采用哈达马变换进行编码。在本申请实施例的译码方法进行信道译码的情况下,信道编码可以采用哈达马变换进行编码,且除哈达马变换之外,仍需采用其他技术进行处理,以完成信道编码。It should be understood that the decoding method 500 under the non-finite field of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to source decoding or channel decoding. In the case where the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application performs source decoding, the source coding can be encoded using Hadamard transform. In the case where the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application performs channel decoding, the channel coding can be encoded using Hadamard transform, and in addition to Hadamard transform, other technologies still need to be used for processing to complete channel coding.
接下来,给出信道编码和信道译码过程的介绍:Next, an introduction to the channel coding and channel decoding process is given:
在发端设备侧,记消息序列w=(w 0,…,w K-1)。其中,w k=0,或者,w k=1,0≤k≤K-1,k是整数。发端设备执行如下步骤(下述步骤1~步骤3): On the originating device side, record the message sequence w = (w 0 ,…,w K-1 ). Where, w k = 0, or, w k = 1, 0≤k≤K-1, k is an integer. The originating device performs the following steps (steps 1 to 3 below):
步骤1,发端设备根据消息序列,确定码字索引。Step 1: The transmitting device determines the codeword index according to the message sequence.
其中,码字索引
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000534
可以理解为,消息序列w为码字索引I的二进制表示。
Among them, the codeword index
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000534
It can be understood that the message sequence w is the binary representation of the codeword index I.
步骤2,发端设备根据码字索引,确定待编码序列。Step 2: The transmitting device determines the sequence to be encoded according to the codeword index.
其中,待编码序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000535
i≠I,可以理解为,在待编码序列x中,第I+1个位置的值为1,其余位置为0。待编码序列的长度为:2 K-1。
Among them, the sequence to be encoded
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000535
i≠I, which can be understood as, in the sequence to be encoded x, the value of the I+1th position is 1, and the remaining positions are 0. The length of the sequence to be encoded is: 2 K -1.
步骤3,发端设备对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列。Step 3: The transmitting device encodes the sequence to be encoded to obtain an encoded sequence.
示例性的,发端设备对待编码序列x进行Hadamard变换,以得到编码后序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000536
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000537
其中,传输位的序号为{i 0,…,i M-1},1≤M≤2 K。相应的,第一序列,即传输位的值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000538
Exemplarily, the transmitting device performs Hadamard transform on the sequence to be coded x to obtain the coded sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000536
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000537
The transmission bit sequence is {i 0 ,…,i M-1 }, 1≤M≤2 K . Correspondingly, the first sequence, i.e., the value of the transmission bit
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000538
容易理解的是,在发端设备执行的步骤1~步骤3中,待编码序列的长度可以为4,即2 K-1=4。传输位的序号可以为{0,2},即序号0的位置和序列2的位置。相应的,第一序列即
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000539
It is easy to understand that in steps 1 to 3 executed by the transmitting device, the length of the sequence to be encoded can be 4, that is, 2 K -1 = 4. The sequence number of the transmission bit can be {0, 2}, that is, the position of sequence number 0 and the position of sequence number 2. Correspondingly, the first sequence is
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000539
在收端设备侧,收端设备获取以下三项信息:On the receiving device side, the receiving device obtains the following three pieces of information:
信息A,接收的值
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000540
Message A, received value
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000540
其中,n i表示均值为0,方差为a 2的正态分布噪声,0≤i≤M-1。 Where ni represents the normally distributed noise with mean 0 and variance a2 , 0≤i≤M-1.
信息B,待编码信号的信号概率分布P。Information B, signal probability distribution P of the signal to be encoded.
示例性的,在收端设备的信息B中,信号概率分布P可以为双峰高斯分布,记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000541
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000542
其中,φ(x;μ,σ)表示均值为μ,方差为σ 2的高斯分布密度函数。
For example, in the information B of the receiving device, the signal probability distribution P may be a bimodal Gaussian distribution, denoted as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000541
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000542
Where φ(x; μ, σ) represents the Gaussian distribution density function with mean μ and variance σ 2 .
信息C,传输位的序号。Information C, the sequence number of the transmitted bit.
在本申请实施例中,结合发端设备的步骤3,传输位的序号为{i 0,…,i M-1}。 In the embodiment of the present application, in combination with step 3 of the transmitting device, the sequence number of the transmission bits is {i 0 ,…,i M-1 }.
收端设备执行如下步骤(下述步骤4~步骤6):The receiving device performs the following steps (steps 4 to 6 below):
步骤4,收端设备根据接收的值r、信号概率分布P和传输位的序号,确定译码结果。Step 4: The receiving device determines the decoding result based on the received value r, the signal probability distribution P and the sequence number of the transmission bit.
示例性的,步骤4的过程,可以参见示例2的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, the process of step 4 can be referred to the introduction of example 2, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,步骤4的译码结果记为
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000543
Exemplarily, the decoding result of step 4 is recorded as
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000543
步骤5,收端设备根据译码结果,确定码字索引的估计。Step 5: The receiving device determines an estimate of the codeword index based on the decoding result.
示例性的,码字索引的估计
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000544
Exemplary, codeword index estimation
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000544
步骤6,收端设备根据码字索引的估计,确定消息序列。Step 6: The receiving device determines the message sequence based on the estimated codeword index.
示例性的,收端设备确定
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000545
的二进制表示,即消息序列
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000546
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000547
的二进制表示。
Exemplarily, the receiving device determines
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000545
The binary representation of the message sequence
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000546
for
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000547
The binary representation of .
由上述步骤1~步骤6可知,本申请实施例非有限域下的译码方法500,也可以适用于信道译码。It can be seen from the above steps 1 to 6 that the decoding method 500 under a non-finite field in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to channel decoding.
容易理解的是,在本申请实施例中,接收的值,或接收的值r,可以理解为,第一序列所指示的传输位的值。对于收端设备而言,收端设备接收来自发端设备的编码后序列,根据接收到的编码后序列确定第一序列,详见S502a和S502b的介绍,此处不再赘述。It is easy to understand that in the embodiment of the present application, the received value, or the received value r, can be understood as the value of the transmission bit indicated by the first sequence. For the receiving device, the receiving device receives the encoded sequence from the transmitting device and determines the first sequence according to the received encoded sequence. For details, see the introduction of S502a and S502b, which will not be repeated here.
以上结合图5-图12详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下结合图13-图14详细说明用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法的通信装置。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in conjunction with Figures 5 to 12. The communication device for executing the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below in conjunction with Figures 13 to 14.
示例性地,图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一。如图13所示,通信装置1300包括:处理模块1301和收发模块1302。为了便于说明,图13仅示出了该通信装置1300的主要部件。For example, Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 13, a communication device 1300 includes: a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302. For ease of description, Fig. 13 only shows the main components of the communication device 1300.
一些实施例中,通信装置1300可适用于图1中所示出的通信系统中,执行图5、图6、或图7中所示出的方法中收端设备的功能。In some embodiments, the communication device 1300 may be applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of a receiving device in the method shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
收发模块1302用于获取第一序列。其中,第一序列包括编码后序列中传输位的值,第一序列的长度为N 1。编码后序列是待编码序列经过编码后的序列,待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数。N 1为小于N的正整数。 The transceiver module 1302 is used to obtain a first sequence. The first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1 . The coded sequence is a sequence after the sequence to be coded is coded, and the length of the sequence to be coded is N, N=2 n , and n is a positive integer. N 1 is a positive integer less than N.
处理模块1301用于根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果。其中,信号概率分布包括待编码序列的概率分布,第一集合指示第一序列中每个值在编码后序列中的位置。The processing module 1301 is used to determine the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence. The signal probability distribution includes the probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates the position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,第一序列为实数序列,译码结果为实数序列。In a possible design, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a real number sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,第一序列为实数序列,译码结果为复数序列。In a possible design, the first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块1301用于根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果,包括:根据信号概率分布、第一集合和编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码路径。译码路径指示编码后序列中每个位置的值;根据译码路径,确定译码结果。In one possible design, the processing module 1301 is used to determine a decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, including: determining a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set, and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence. The decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence; and determining a decoding result according to the decoding path.
在一种可能的设计中,译码路径中第i个传输位的值,与第一序列中第i个传输位的值相同,i为小于或等于N 1的正整数。 In one possible design, the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path is the same as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1 .
在一种可能的设计中,编码后序列中待恢复位的数量为N 2个,N 2为小于N的正整数。 In one possible design, the number of bits to be restored in the encoded sequence is N 2 , where N 2 is a positive integer less than N.
译码路径中第j个待恢复位的值对应多个译码度量中最大的译码度量。多个译码度量中每个译码度量是根据以下两项确定的:信号概率分布,译码路径中第j个待恢复位之前每个位置的值。其中,j为小于或等于N 2的正整数。 The value of the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among the multiple decoding metrics. Each decoding metric in the multiple decoding metrics is determined based on the following two items: signal probability distribution, and the value of each position before the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path. Wherein, j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
在一种可能的设计中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的。In one possible design, each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
其中,f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布为第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布的卷积。The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第三变量的概率分布, 以及第三变量的第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第三变量的第一值处的条件概率分布。第一值是第三变量的译码值。The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable, and the first value of the third variable. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value of the third variable. The first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,第二变量为第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,第三变量为编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,第四变量为第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值。 The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
编码网络包括n+1层,编码网络的第1层用于输入待编码序列,编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列,编码网络的第n+1层用于输出编码后序列。The coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain a coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence.
s为小于或等于n的正整数。t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,第s参数集中的每个参数指示第s层中的一个位置,第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。s is a positive integer less than or equal to n. t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I。A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,...,I. A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J。B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J. B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the j-th second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
f运算的输出包括:The outputs of the f operation include:
C~F,F(c k)=f k,k=1,...,K。C表示第三变量的集合,F表示第三变量的概率分布,c k表示C中的第k个第三变量,f k表示第k个第三变量为c k的概率,K表示第三变量的数量,且K个第三变量的值互不相同。 C~F, F(c k )=f k , k=1,...,K. C represents the set of third variables, F represents the probability distribution of the third variables, c k represents the kth third variable in C, f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k , K represents the number of third variables, and the values of K third variables are different from each other.
其中,c k为IxJ个值中的一个,IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下c i,j的值,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000548
f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率。
Where c k is one of the IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000548
fi,j = piqj , fi ,j represents the occurrence probability of c i,j .
在c k与IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f k等于L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。 When c k is the same as L values out of IxJ values, f k is equal to the sum of the occurrence probabilities of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,...,I。A表示第一变量的集合,P表示第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示第一变量的数量。 A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,...,I. A represents the set of first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of first variables.
B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,...,J。B表示第二变量的集合,Q表示第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示第二变量的数量。 B~Q, P(b j )=q j ,j=1,...,J. B represents the set of second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the j-th second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j , and J represents the number of second variables.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000549
P(μ)=f。C表示第三变量的集合,μ表示第三变量的第一值,P(μ)表示第三变量的概率分布在μ处的值。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000549
P(μ)=f. C represents a set of third variables, μ represents a first value of the third variable, and P(μ) represents a value of the probability distribution of the third variable at μ.
g运算的输出包括:The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000550
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000551
处的条件概率分布G,G(d m)=g m,g m=p iq j/f,m=1,...,M,D表示第四变量的集合,G表示第四变量的概率分布,d m表示D中第m个第四变量,g m表示第m个第四变量为d m的概率,M表示第四变量的数量。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000550
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000551
The conditional probability distribution G at , G(d m ) = g m , g m = p i q j /f, m = 1,..., M, D represents the set of fourth variables, G represents the probability distribution of the fourth variable, d m represents the mth fourth variable in D, g m represents the probability that the mth fourth variable is d m , and M represents the number of fourth variables.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000552
A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000553
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000554
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000555
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量 的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000552
A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000553
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000554
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000555
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000556
B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000557
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000558
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000559
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000556
B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000557
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000558
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000559
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
f运算的输出包括:The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000560
的概率分布。C表示第三变量,C的概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000561
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000562
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000560
The probability distribution of . C represents the third variable, and the probability distribution of C satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000561
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000562
其中,η U=η Pη Q。η U表示第三变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000563
的概率。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000564
表示在第三变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000565
的情况下,第三变量为c m的概率为f m。U表示第三变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000566
和U是根据A和B确定的。
Wherein, η U = η P η Q . η U represents the third variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000563
The probability.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000564
Indicates that the third variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000565
In the case of , the probability that the third variable is cm is f m . U represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the third variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000566
and U are determined based on A and B.
在一种可能的设计中,M个第三变量的值互不相同。其中,c m为IxJ个值中的一个,IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下c i,j的值。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000567
f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率。在c m与IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f m等于L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。
In one possible design, the values of the M third variables are different from each other. Wherein, cm is one of the IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,...,I, j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000567
fi,j = piqj , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j . When c m is the same as L values among IxJ values, f m is equal to the sum of the probability of occurrence of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
在一种可能的设计中,高斯参数矩阵U满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000568
In one possible design, the Gaussian parameter matrix U satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000568
其中,K表示第一组合的数量,第一组合是IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合中的部分组合,K个第一组合的高斯分量互不相同,IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合包括以下三项:在t=1,且遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000569
在t=2,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000570
在t=3,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000571
Wherein, K represents the number of first combinations, the first combination is a partial combination of IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations, the Gaussian components of the K first combinations are different from each other, and the IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations include the following three items: combinations when t=1 and traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000569
Combinations when t=2 and traverse i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000570
At t=3, and traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000571
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000572
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000573
表示K个第一组合中第k个组合对应的
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000574
之和。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000572
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000573
Indicates the kth combination in the K first combinations
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000574
Sum.
在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000575
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000576
When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q ,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000575
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000576
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000577
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000578
When traversing i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000577
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000578
在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000579
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000580
When traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q ,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000579
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000580
G P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素。 G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
G Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下四项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following four items:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000581
A表示第一变量,η P表示第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000582
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000583
表示在第一变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000584
的情况下,第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000581
A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000582
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000583
Indicates that the first variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000584
In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000585
B表示第二变量,η Q表示第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000586
的概率,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000587
表示在第二变量取自
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000588
的情况下,第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000585
B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000586
The probability,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000587
Indicates that the second variable is taken from
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000588
In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000589
以及C的离散部分的支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M},C表示第三变量,支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}表示在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,c i,j中的M个,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000590
支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素互不相同。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000589
and the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } of the discrete part of C, where C represents the third variable and the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } represents the M of ci ,j when traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000590
The elements in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M } are different from each other.
g运算的输出包括:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000591
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000592
的条件概率分布。D表示第四变量,g运算输出的条件概率分布是根据μ和支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}确定的。
The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000591
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000592
D represents the fourth variable. The conditional probability distribution of the output of the g operation is determined based on μ and the support set {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }.
在一种可能的设计中,在μ为支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}中的元素的情况下,条件概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000593
In one possible design, when μ is an element in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000593
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000594
在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,若
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000595
则令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000596
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000594
When traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000595
Then
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000596
在一种可能的设计中,在μ在支集{c 1,c 2,...,c M}之外的情况下,条件概率分布满足:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000597
In one possible design, when μ is outside the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,...,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000597
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000598
在遍历i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J的情况下,若
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000599
则令
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000600
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000598
When traversing i=1,...,I,j=1,...,J, if
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000599
Then
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000600
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000601
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000601
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000602
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000602
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000603
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000603
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000604
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000604
G P表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素。 G P represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and i-th column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable.
G Q表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column in the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
在一种可能的设计中,多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的。In one possible design, each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined through an f operation and a g operation.
其中,f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布。f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,第三变量的概率分布为第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布的卷积。The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable. The output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable.
g运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布、第二变量的概率分布和第一值。g运算的输出包括第四变量在第一值处的条件概率分布。第一值是第三变量的译码值。The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, and the first value. The output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value. The first value is the decoded value of the third variable.
第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,第二变量为第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,第三变量为编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,第四变量为第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值。 The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the encoding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the encoding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s+1-th layer.
编码网络包括n+1层,编码网络的第1层用于输入待编码序列,编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对待编码序列进行编码,以得到编码后序列,编码网络的第n+1层用于输出编码后序列。The coding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the coding network is used to input the sequence to be coded, the second to nth layers of the coding network are used to encode the sequence to be coded to obtain a coded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the coding network is used to output the coded sequence.
s为小于或等于n的正整数。t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,第s参数集中的每个参数指示第s层中的一个位置,第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。s is a positive integer less than or equal to n. t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
在一种可能的设计中,f运算的输入包括以下两项:In one possible design, the inputs to the f operation include the following two items:
A~f P。A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 A~f P . A represents the first variable, f P represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
B~f Q。B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 B~f Q . B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
f运算的输出包括:The outputs of the f operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000605
的采样矩阵U。C表示第三变量,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000606
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000605
The sampling matrix U of . C represents the third variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000606
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000607
P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000607
P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000608
P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000608
P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
u i是n个点中的第i个点,n个点是[U min,U max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,...,n。 u i is the i-th point among n points, and the n points are points equally spaced between [U min ,U max ], i=1,2,...,n.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000609
d(t,P)表示第一变量的离散化函数,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000610
表示第二变量的离散化函数。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000609
d(t,P) represents the discretization function of the first variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000610
Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
在一种可能的设计中,g运算的输入包括以下三项:In one possible design, the input to the g operation includes the following three items:
A~f P。A表示第一变量,f P表示第一变量的密度函数,P表示第一变量的采样矩阵。 A~f P . A represents the first variable, f P represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable.
B~f Q。B表示第二变量,f Q表示第二变量的密度函数,Q表示第二变量的采样矩阵。 B~f Q . B represents the second variable, f Q represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000611
C表示第三变量,μ表示第三变量的第一值。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000611
C represents a third variable, and μ represents a first value of the third variable.
g运算的输出包括:The outputs of the g operation include:
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000612
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000613
处的条件概率分布V;D表示第四变量,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000612
exist
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000613
The conditional probability distribution V at ; D represents the fourth variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000614
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000614
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000615
P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000615
P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000616
Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000616
Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q.
P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素。 P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P.
v i是n个点中的第i个点,n个点是[V min,V max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,...,n。 vi is the i-th point among n points, and the n points are points equally spaced between [V min , V max ], i=1, 2, ..., n.
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000617
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000618
表示第一变量的离散化函数,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000619
表示第二变量的离散化函数。
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000617
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000618
represents the discretized function of the first variable,
Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-000619
Represents the discretized function of the second variable.
可选地,收发模块1302可以包括接收模块和发送模块(图13中未示出)。其中,收发模块1302用于实现通信装置1300的发送功能和接收功能。Optionally, the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a sending module (not shown in FIG. 13 ). The transceiver module 1302 is used to implement the sending function and the receiving function of the communication device 1300 .
可选地,通信装置1300还可以包括存储模块(图13中未示出),该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块1301执行该程序或指令时,使得通信装置1300可以执行图5、图6、或图7中任一项所示出的方法中收端设备的功能。Optionally, the communication device 1300 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 13 ), which stores a program or instruction. When the processing module 1301 executes the program or instruction, the communication device 1300 may perform the function of the receiving device in the method shown in any one of FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 , or FIG. 7 .
应理解,通信装置1300中涉及的处理模块1301可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,可以为处理器或处理单元;收发模块1302可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现,可以为收发器或收发单元。It should be understood that the processing module 1301 involved in the communication device 1300 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, which can be a processor or a processing unit; the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component, which can be a transceiver or a transceiver unit.
容易理解的是,通信装置1300可以是收端设备,也可以是可设置于收端设备中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含收端设备的装置,本申请对此不做限定。It is easy to understand that the communication device 1300 can be a receiving device, or a chip (system) or other parts or components that can be set in the receiving device, or a device including the receiving device, which is not limited in the present application.
此外,通信装置1300的技术效果可以参考图5、图6、或图7中任一项所示出的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1300 can refer to the technical effects of the method shown in any one of Figures 5, 6, or 7, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二。该通信装置可以是收端设备,也可以是可设置于收端设备的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件。如图14所示,通信装置1400可以包括处理器1401。可选地,通信装置1400还可以包括存储器1402和/或收发器1403。其中,处理器1401与存储器1402和收发器1403耦合,如可以通过通信总线连接。Exemplarily, FIG14 is a second structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a receiving device, or a chip (system) or other component or assembly that may be provided in the receiving device. As shown in FIG14 , a communication device 1400 may include a processor 1401. Optionally, the communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1402 and/or a transceiver 1403. The processor 1401 is coupled to the memory 1402 and the transceiver 1403, such as by a communication bus.
下面结合图14对通信装置1400的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following is a detailed introduction to the various components of the communication device 1400 in conjunction with FIG14:
其中,处理器1401是通信装置1400的控制中心,可以是一个处理器,也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如,处理器1401是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),也可以是特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本申请实施例的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)。The processor 1401 is the control center of the communication device 1400, which may be a processor or a general term for multiple processing elements. For example, the processor 1401 is one or more central processing units (CPUs), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the embodiments of the present application, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs).
可选地,处理器1401可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器1402内的软件程序,以及调用存储在存储器1402内的数据,执行通信装置1400的各种功能。Optionally, the processor 1401 may perform various functions of the communication device 1400 by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 1402 , and calling data stored in the memory 1402 .
在具体的实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器1401可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图14中所示出的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 1401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG. 14 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置1400也可以包括多个处理器,例如图14中所示的处理器1401和处理器1404。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU),也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 1400 may also include multiple processors, such as the processor 1401 and the processor 1404 shown in FIG. 14. Each of these processors may be a single-core processor (single-CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU). The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (e.g., computer program instructions).
其中,所述存储器1402用于存储执行本申请方案的软件程序,并由处理器1401来控制执行,具体实现方式可以参考上述方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The memory 1402 is used to store the software program for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 1401. The specific implementation method can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,存储器1402可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可 存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器1402可以和处理器1401集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置1400的接口电路(图14中未示出)与处理器1401耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the memory 1402 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 1402 may be integrated with the processor 1401, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1401 through an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 14 ) of the communication device 1400, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
收发器1403,用于与其他通信装置之间的通信。例如,通信装置1400为收端设备,收发器1403可以用于与发端设备通信。又例如,通信装置1400为发端设备,收发器1403可以用于与收端设备通信。The transceiver 1403 is used for communication with other communication devices. For example, the communication device 1400 is a receiving device, and the transceiver 1403 can be used to communicate with a transmitting device. For another example, the communication device 1400 is a transmitting device, and the transceiver 1403 can be used to communicate with a receiving device.
可选地,收发器1403可以包括接收器和发送器(图14中未单独示出)。其中,接收器用于实现接收功能,发送器用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver 1403 may include a receiver and a transmitter (not shown separately in FIG. 14 ), wherein the receiver is used to implement a receiving function, and the transmitter is used to implement a sending function.
可选地,收发器1403可以和处理器1401集成在一起,也可以独立存在,并通过通信装置1400的接口电路(图14中未示出)与处理器1401耦合,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the transceiver 1403 may be integrated with the processor 1401, or may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 1401 via an interface circuit (not shown in FIG. 14 ) of the communication device 1400 , which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
容易理解的是,图14中示出的通信装置1400的结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,实际的通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It is easy to understand that the structure of the communication device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device, and the actual communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
此外,通信装置1400的技术效果可以参考上述方法实施例所述的方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device 1400 can refer to the technical effects of the method described in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,在本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件(如电路)、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可 以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware (such as circuits), firmware or any other combination. When implemented using software, the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media sets. The available medium can be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid-state hard disk.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship, but it may also indicate an "and/or" relationship. Please refer to the context for specific understanding.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产 品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者通信设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or partly embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the prior art. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or communication device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种非有限域下的译码方法,其特征在于,应用于收端设备,所述方法包括:A decoding method under a non-finite field, characterized in that it is applied to a receiving device, and the method comprises:
    获取第一序列;所述第一序列包括编码后序列中传输位的值,所述第一序列的长度为N 1;所述编码后序列是待编码序列经过编码后的序列,所述待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数;N 1为小于N的正整数; Obtain a first sequence; the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1 ; the encoded sequence is a sequence after the sequence to be encoded is encoded, and the length of the sequence to be encoded is N, N=2 n , n is a positive integer; N 1 is a positive integer less than N;
    根据信号概率分布、第一集合和所述编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果;所述信号概率分布包括所述待编码序列的概率分布,所述第一集合指示所述第一序列中每个值在所述编码后序列中的位置。A decoding result is determined according to a signal probability distribution, a first set and a value of a transmission bit in the encoded sequence; the signal probability distribution includes a probability distribution of the sequence to be encoded, and the first set indicates a position of each value in the first sequence in the encoded sequence.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that
    所述第一序列为实数序列,所述译码结果为实数序列;或者,The first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a real number sequence; or,
    所述第一序列为实数序列,所述译码结果为复数序列。The first sequence is a real number sequence, and the decoding result is a complex number sequence.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据信号概率分布、第一集合和所述编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码结果,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the step of determining the decoding result according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence comprises:
    根据所述信号概率分布、所述第一集合和所述编码后序列中传输位的值,确定译码路径;所述译码路径指示所述编码后序列中每个位置的值;Determining a decoding path according to the signal probability distribution, the first set and the value of the transmission bit in the encoded sequence; the decoding path indicates the value of each position in the encoded sequence;
    根据所述译码路径,确定所述译码结果。The decoding result is determined according to the decoding path.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述译码路径中第i个传输位的值,与所述第一序列中第i个传输位的值相同,i为小于或等于N 1的正整数。 The method according to claim 3 is characterized in that the value of the i-th transmission bit in the decoding path is the same as the value of the i-th transmission bit in the first sequence, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N 1 .
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述编码后序列中待恢复位的数量为N 2个,N 2为小于N的正整数; The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the number of bits to be restored in the encoded sequence is N 2 , where N 2 is a positive integer less than N;
    所述译码路径中第j个待恢复位的值对应多个译码度量中最大的译码度量;所述多个译码度量中每个译码度量是根据以下两项确定的:The value of the jth bit to be restored in the decoding path corresponds to the maximum decoding metric among multiple decoding metrics; each decoding metric among the multiple decoding metrics is determined according to the following two items:
    所述信号概率分布;The signal probability distribution;
    所述译码路径中所述第j个待恢复位之前每个位置的值;The value of each position before the j-th bit to be restored in the decoding path;
    其中,j为小于或等于N 2的正整数。 Wherein, j is a positive integer less than or equal to N 2 .
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的;The method according to claim 5, characterized in that each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined by an f operation and a g operation;
    其中,所述f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布;所述f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,所述第三变量的概率分布为所述第一变量的概率分布和所述第二变量的概率分布的卷积;The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable; the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable;
    所述g运算的输入包括所述第一变量的概率分布、所述第二变量的概率分布和所述第三变量的概率分布,以及第一值;所述g运算的输出包括第四变量在所述第一值处的条件概率分布;所述第一值是所述第三变量的译码值;The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable, the probability distribution of the third variable, and a first value; the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value; the first value is the decoded value of the third variable;
    所述第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,所述第二变量为所述第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,所述第三变量为所述编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,所述第四变量为所述第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值; The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns- th position in the s+1-th layer;
    所述编码网络包括n+1层,所述编码网络的第1层用于输入所述待编码序列,所述编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对所述待编码序列进行编码,以得到所述编码后序列,所述编码 网络的第n+1层用于输出所述编码后序列;The encoding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the encoding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to nth layers of the encoding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the encoding network is used to output the encoded sequence;
    s为小于或等于n的正整数;t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,所述第s参数集中的每个参数指示所述第s层中的一个位置,所述第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。s is a positive integer less than or equal to n; t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that
    所述f运算的输入包括以下两项:The input of the f operation includes the following two items:
    A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,…,I;A表示所述第一变量的集合,P表示所述第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示所述第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示所述第一变量的数量; A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,…,I; A represents the set of the first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of the first variables;
    B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,…,J;B表示所述第二变量的集合,Q表示所述第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示所述第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示所述第二变量的数量; B~Q, P(b j )=q j , j=1,…,J; B represents the set of the second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the j-th second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j , and J represents the number of the second variables;
    所述f运算的输出包括:The output of the f operation includes:
    C~F,F(c k)=f k,k=1,…,K;C表示所述第三变量的集合,F表示所述第三变量的概率分布,c k表示C中的第k个第三变量,f k表示所述第k个第三变量为c k的概率,K表示所述第三变量的数量,且K个第三变量的值互不相同; C~F,F(c k )=f k ,k=1,…,K; C represents the set of the third variables, F represents the probability distribution of the third variables, c k represents the kth third variable in C, f k represents the probability that the kth third variable is c k , K represents the number of the third variables, and the values of the K third variables are different from each other;
    其中,c k为IxJ个值中的一个,所述IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下c i,j的值,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100001
    f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率;
    Wherein, c k is one of IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100001
    fi ,j = piqj , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j ;
    在c k与所述IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f k等于所述L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。 When c k is the same as L values among the IxJ values, f k is equal to the sum of the occurrence probabilities of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that
    所述g运算的输入包括以下四项:The input of the g operation includes the following four items:
    A~P,P(a i)=p i,i=1,…,I;A表示所述第一变量的集合,P表示所述第一变量的概率分布,a i表示A中的第i个第一变量,p i表示所述第i个第一变量为a i的概率,I表示所述第一变量的数量; A~P, P(a i )= pi ,i=1,…,I; A represents the set of the first variables, P represents the probability distribution of the first variables, a i represents the i-th first variable in A, p i represents the probability that the i-th first variable is a i , and I represents the number of the first variables;
    B~Q,P(b j)=q j,j=1,…,J;B表示所述第二变量的集合,Q表示所述第二变量的概率分布,b j表示B中的第j个第二变量,q j表示所述第j个第二变量为b j的概率,J表示所述第二变量的数量; B~Q, P(b j )=q j , j=1,…,J; B represents the set of the second variables, Q represents the probability distribution of the second variables, b j represents the j-th second variable in B, q j represents the probability that the j-th second variable is b j , and J represents the number of the second variables;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100002
    P(μ)=f;C表示所述第三变量的集合,μ表示所述第三变量的第一值,P(μ)表示所述第三变量的概率分布在μ处的值;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100002
    P(μ)=f; C represents the set of the third variable, μ represents the first value of the third variable, and P(μ) represents the value of the probability distribution of the third variable at μ;
    所述g运算的输出包括:The output of the g operation includes:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100004
    处的条件概率分布G,G(d m)=g m,g m=p iq j/f,m=1,…,M,D表示所述第四变量的集合,G表示所述第四变量的概率分布,d m表示D中第m个第四变量,g m表示所述第m个第四变量为d m的概率,M表示所述第四变量的数量。
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100003
    exist
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100004
    The conditional probability distribution G at , G(d m ) = g m , g m = p i q j /f, m = 1,…, M, D represents the set of the fourth variables, G represents the probability distribution of the fourth variables, d m represents the mth fourth variable in D, g m represents the probability that the mth fourth variable is d m , and M represents the number of the fourth variables.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that
    所述f运算的输入包括以下两项:The input of the f operation includes the following two items:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100005
    A表示所述第一变量,η P表示所述第一变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100006
    的概率,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100007
    表示在所述第一变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100008
    的情况下,所述第一变量为a i的概 率为p i,P表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100005
    A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100006
    The probability,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100007
    Indicates that the first variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100008
    In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100009
    B表示所述第二变量,η Q表示所述第二变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100010
    的概率,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100011
    表示在所述第二变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100012
    的情况下,所述第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100009
    B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100010
    The probability,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100011
    Indicates that the second variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100012
    In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable;
    所述f运算的输出包括:The output of the f operation includes:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100013
    的概率分布;C表示所述第三变量,C的概率分布满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100013
    The probability distribution of C represents the third variable, and the probability distribution of C satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100015
    其中,η U=η Pη Q;η U表示所述第三变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100016
    的概率;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100017
    表示在所述第三变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100018
    的情况下,所述第三变量为c m的概率为f m;U表示所述第三变量的高斯参数矩阵;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100019
    和U是根据A和B确定的。
    Wherein, η UP η Q ; η U represents the third variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100016
    The probability;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100017
    Indicates that the third variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100018
    In the case of , the probability that the third variable is cm is f m ; U represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the third variable;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100019
    and U are determined based on A and B.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,M个第三变量的值互不相同;The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the values of the M third variables are different from each other;
    其中,c m为IxJ个值中的一个,所述IxJ个值是在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下c i,j的值;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100020
    f i,j=p iq j,f i,j表示c i,j的发生概率;
    Wherein, cm is one of IxJ values, and the IxJ values are the values of c i,j when traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100020
    fi ,j = piqj , fi ,j represents the probability of occurrence of c i,j ;
    在c m与所述IxJ个值中L个值相同的情况下,f m等于所述L个值的发生概率之和,L为小于或等于IxJ的正整数。 When c m is the same as L values among the IxJ values, f m is equal to the sum of the occurrence probabilities of the L values, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to IxJ.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that
    所述高斯参数矩阵U满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100021
    The Gaussian parameter matrix U satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100021
    其中,K表示第一组合的数量,所述第一组合是IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合中的部分组合,K个第一组合的高斯分量互不相同,所述IxG Q+G PxJ+G PxG Q个高斯分量组合包括以下三项:在t=1,且遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100022
    在t=2,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下的组合
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100023
    在t=3,且遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下的组合
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100024
    Wherein, K represents the number of first combinations, the first combination is a partial combination of IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations, the Gaussian components of the K first combinations are different from each other, and the IxG Q +G P xJ +G P xG Q Gaussian component combinations include the following three items: combinations when t=1 and traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100022
    Combinations when t=2 and traverse i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100023
    At t=3, and traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100025
    表示所述K个第一组合中第k个组合对应的
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100026
    之和;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100025
    Indicates the kth combination in the K first combinations corresponds to
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100026
    Sum;
    在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100028
    When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,G Q ,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100028
    在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,J的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100029
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100030
    When traversing i=1,…, GP ,j=1,…,J,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100029
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100030
    在遍历i=1,…,G P,j=1,…,G Q的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100032
    When traversing i=1,…,G P , j=1,…,G Q ,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100032
    G P表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素; G P represents the number of columns of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable;
    G Q表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  12. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that
    所述g运算的输入包括以下四项:The input of the g operation includes the following four items:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100033
    A表示所述第一变量,η P表示所述第一变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100034
    的概率,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100035
    表示在所述第一变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100036
    的情况下,所述第一变量为a i的概率为p i,P表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100033
    A represents the first variable, η P represents the first variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100034
    The probability,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100035
    Indicates that the first variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100036
    In the case of , the probability that the first variable is a i is p i , and P represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100037
    B表示所述第二变量,η Q表示所述第二变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100038
    的概率,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100039
    表示在所述第二变量取自
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100040
    的情况下,所述第二变量为b j的概率为q j,Q表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100037
    B represents the second variable, η Q represents the second variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100038
    The probability,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100039
    Indicates that the second variable is taken from
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100040
    In the case of , the probability that the second variable is b j is q j , where Q represents the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100041
    以及C的离散部分的支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M},C表示所述第三变量,所述支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M}表示在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下,c i,j中的M个,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100042
    所述支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M}中的元素互不相同;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100041
    and a support {c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M } of the discrete part of C, where C represents the third variable, and the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M } represents M of c i,j when traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100042
    The elements in the support set {c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M } are different from each other;
    所述g运算的输出包括:The output of the g operation includes:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100043
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100044
    的条件概率分布;D表示所述第四变量,所述g运算输出的条件概率分布是根据μ和所述支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M}确定的。
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100043
    exist
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100044
    D represents the fourth variable, and the conditional probability distribution of the output of the g operation is determined according to μ and the support {c 1 , c 2 , …, c M }.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,在μ为所述支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M}中的元素的情况下,所述条件概率分布满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100045
    The method according to claim 12, characterized in that, when μ is an element in the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100045
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100046
    在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下,若
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100047
    则令
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100048
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100046
    When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J, if
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100047
    Then
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100048
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,在μ在所述支集{c 1,c 2,…,c M}之外的情况下,所述条件概率分布满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100049
    The method according to claim 12, characterized in that, when μ is outside the support {c 1 ,c 2 ,…,c M }, the conditional probability distribution satisfies:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100049
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100050
    在遍历i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J的情况下,若
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100051
    则令
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100052
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100050
    When traversing i=1,…,I,j=1,…,J, if
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100051
    Then
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100052
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100053
    F(u)=F 1(u)+F 2(u)+F 3(u),
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100053
    F(u)= F1 (u)+ F2 (u)+ F3 (u),
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100054
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100054
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100055
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100055
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100056
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100056
    G P表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,P 1,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第i列的元素,P 2,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第i列的元素,P 3,i表示所述第一变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第i列的元素; G P represents the number of columns of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 1,i represents the element in the first row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, P 2,i represents the element in the second row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable, and P 3,i represents the element in the third row and the i-th column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the first variable;
    G Q表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵的列数,Q 1,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第一行第j列的元素,Q 2,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第二行第j列的元素,Q 3,j表示所述第二变量的高斯参数矩阵中第三行第j列的元素。 G Q represents the number of columns of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 1,j represents the element in the first row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, Q 2,j represents the element in the second row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable, and Q 3,j represents the element in the third row and j column of the Gaussian parameter matrix of the second variable.
  15. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个译码度量中每个译码度量是经过f运算和g运算确定的;The method according to claim 5, characterized in that each decoding metric in the plurality of decoding metrics is determined by an f operation and a g operation;
    其中,所述f运算的输入包括第一变量的概率分布和第二变量的概率分布;所述f运算的输出包括第三变量的概率分布,所述第三变量的概率分布为所述第一变量的概率分布和所述第二变量的概率分布的卷积;The input of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable; the output of the f operation includes the probability distribution of the third variable, and the probability distribution of the third variable is the convolution of the probability distribution of the first variable and the probability distribution of the second variable;
    所述g运算的输入包括所述第一变量的概率分布、所述第二变量的概率分布和第一值;所述g运算的输出包括第四变量在所述第一值处的条件概率分布;所述第一值是所述第三变量的译码值;The input of the g operation includes the probability distribution of the first variable, the probability distribution of the second variable and the first value; the output of the g operation includes the conditional probability distribution of the fourth variable at the first value; the first value is the decoded value of the third variable;
    所述第一变量为编码网络的第s层中第t个位置的值,所述第二变量为所述第s层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值,所述第三变量为所述编码网络的第s+1层中第t个位置的值,所述第四变量为所述第s+1层中第t+2 n-s个位置的值; The first variable is the value of the t-th position in the s-th layer of the coding network, the second variable is the value of the t+2 ns -th position in the s-th layer, the third variable is the value of the t-th position in the s+1-th layer of the coding network, and the fourth variable is the value of the t+2 ns- th position in the s+1-th layer;
    所述编码网络包括n+1层,所述编码网络的第1层用于输入所述待编码序列,所述编码网络的第2层至第n层用于对所述待编码序列进行编码,以得到所述编码后序列,所述编码网络的第n+1层用于输出所述编码后序列;The encoding network includes n+1 layers, the first layer of the encoding network is used to input the sequence to be encoded, the second to nth layers of the encoding network are used to encode the sequence to be encoded to obtain the encoded sequence, and the n+1th layer of the encoding network is used to output the encoded sequence;
    s为小于或等于n的正整数;t为正整数,且t遍历第s参数集中的每个参数,所述第s参数集中的每个参数指示所述第s层中的一个位置,所述第s参数集指示的位置数量为N/2。s is a positive integer less than or equal to n; t is a positive integer, and t traverses each parameter in the sth parameter set, each parameter in the sth parameter set indicates a position in the sth layer, and the number of positions indicated by the sth parameter set is N/2.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15, characterized in that
    所述f运算的输入包括以下两项:The input of the f operation includes the following two items:
    A~f P;A表示所述第一变量,f P表示所述第一变量的密度函数,P表示所述第一变量的采样矩阵; A~f P ; A represents the first variable, f P represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable;
    B~f Q;B表示所述第二变量,f Q表示所述第二变量的密度函数,Q表示所述第二变量的采样矩阵; B~ fQ ; B represents the second variable, fQ represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable;
    所述f运算的输出包括:The output of the f operation includes:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100057
    的采样矩阵U;C表示所述第三变量,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100058
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100057
    The sampling matrix U of ; C represents the third variable,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100058
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100059
    P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素;
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100059
    P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100060
    P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100060
    P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q;
    u i是n个点中的第i个点,所述n个点是[U min,U max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,…,n; u i is the i-th point among n points, wherein the n points are points equally spaced between [U min ,U max ], i=1, 2, ..., n;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100061
    d(t,P)表示所述第一变量的离散化函数,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100062
    表示所述第二变量的离散化函数。
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100061
    d(t,P) represents the discretization function of the first variable,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100062
    represents a discretized function of the second variable.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述g运算的输入包括以下三项:The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the input of the g operation includes the following three items:
    A~f P;A表示所述第一变量,f P表示所述第一变量的密度函数,P表示所述第一变量的采样矩阵; A~f P ; A represents the first variable, f P represents the density function of the first variable, and P represents the sampling matrix of the first variable;
    B~f Q;B表示所述第二变量,f Q表示所述第二变量的密度函数,Q表示所述第二变量的采样矩阵; B~ fQ ; B represents the second variable, fQ represents the density function of the second variable, and Q represents the sampling matrix of the second variable;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100063
    C表示所述第三变量,μ表示所述第三变量的第一值;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100063
    C represents the third variable, and μ represents the first value of the third variable;
    所述g运算的输出包括:The output of the g operation includes:
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100064
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100065
    处的条件概率分布V;D表示所述第四变量,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100064
    exist
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100065
    The conditional probability distribution V at ; D represents the fourth variable,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100066
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100066
    其中,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100067
    P 1,1表示采样矩阵P中第一行第一列的元素,Q 1,n+2表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第n+2列的元素;
    in,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100067
    P 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix P, and Q 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix Q;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100068
    Q 1,1表示采样矩阵Q中第一行第一列的元素;P 1,n+2表示采样矩阵P中第一行第n+2列的元素;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100068
    Q 1,1 represents the element in the first row and first column of the sampling matrix Q; P 1,n+2 represents the element in the first row and n+2 column of the sampling matrix P;
    v i是n个点中的第i个点,所述n个点是[V min,V max]之间等间距分布的点,i=1,2,…,n; vi is the i-th point among n points, wherein the n points are points equally spaced between [V min , V max ], i=1, 2, ..., n;
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100069
    表示所述第一变量的离散化函数,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100070
    表示所述第二变量的离散化函数。
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100069
    represents the discretized function of the first variable,
    Figure PCTCN2022121491-appb-100070
    represents a discretized function of the second variable.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-17中任意一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory; the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, the communication device executes the method as described in any one of claims 1-17.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器和收发器,所述收发器用于所述通信装置和其他通信装置之间进行信息交互,所述处理器执行程序指令,用以执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, the transceiver is used for information exchange between the communication device and other communication devices, and the processor executes program instructions to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1-17.
  20. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和输入输出接口,所述输入输出接口用于接收来自所述芯片之外的其它装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述芯片之外的其它装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1-17中任意一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an input-output interface, wherein the input-output interface is used to receive signals from other devices outside the chip and transmit them to the processor or send signals from the processor to other devices outside the chip, and the processor is used to implement the method described in any one of claims 1-17 through logic circuits or execution code instructions.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-17中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a communication device, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  22. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括发端设备和收端设备;其中,A communication system, characterized in that it comprises a transmitting device and a receiving device; wherein:
    所述发端设备,用于对待编码序列进行哈达马变换,以得到编码后序列;所述待编码序列的长度为N,N=2 n,n为正整数; The transmitting device is used to perform Hadamard transform on the sequence to be encoded to obtain an encoded sequence; the length of the sequence to be encoded is N, N=2 n , and n is a positive integer;
    所述发端设备,还用于发送所述编码后序列;The transmitting device is further used to send the encoded sequence;
    所述收端设备,用于接收所述编码后序列,根据所述接收到的编码后序列确定第一序列;其中,所述第一序列包括所述编码后序列中传输位的值,所述第一序列的长度为N 1;N 1为小于N的正整数; The receiving device is used to receive the coded sequence and determine a first sequence according to the received coded sequence; wherein the first sequence includes the value of the transmission bit in the coded sequence, and the length of the first sequence is N 1 ; N 1 is a positive integer less than N;
    所述收端设备,还用于根据所述第一序列执行如权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。The receiving device is further used to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1-17 according to the first sequence.
PCT/CN2022/121491 2022-09-26 2022-09-26 Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus WO2024065118A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/121491 WO2024065118A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2022-09-26 Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/121491 WO2024065118A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2022-09-26 Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024065118A1 true WO2024065118A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90475157

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/121491 WO2024065118A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2022-09-26 Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024065118A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130230119A1 (en) * 2011-07-25 2013-09-05 Sagar Dhakal Multi-level coding and iterative decoding using sparse space codes
CN108347301A (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-07-31 华为技术有限公司 The transmission method and device of data
CN110391874A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-29 华为技术有限公司 Rate-matched, dissociation rate matching method and the equipment of polarization code
CN114079530A (en) * 2020-08-19 2022-02-22 华为技术有限公司 Encoding method and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130230119A1 (en) * 2011-07-25 2013-09-05 Sagar Dhakal Multi-level coding and iterative decoding using sparse space codes
CN108347301A (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-07-31 华为技术有限公司 The transmission method and device of data
CN110391874A (en) * 2018-04-23 2019-10-29 华为技术有限公司 Rate-matched, dissociation rate matching method and the equipment of polarization code
CN114079530A (en) * 2020-08-19 2022-02-22 华为技术有限公司 Encoding method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7228042B2 (en) Encoding method and device and decoding method and device
JP7083550B2 (en) Methods and systems for decoding data using compressed channel output information
CN111555781B (en) Large-scale MIMO channel state information compression and reconstruction method based on deep learning attention mechanism
US11323205B2 (en) Polar code encoding method and apparatus
CN109428607B (en) Decoding method, decoder and decoding equipment of polarization code
US10892783B2 (en) Apparatus and method for decoding polar codes
CN107864029A (en) A kind of method for reducing Multiuser Detection complexity
CN107508775B (en) Decoding method and device in sparse code multiple access system
Tian et al. Massive unsourced random access over Rician fading channels: Design, analysis, and optimization
WO2024065118A1 (en) Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus
TWI422182B (en) Geometry based efficient decoder for underdetermined mimo systems and decoding method thereof
WO2020156095A1 (en) Decoding method and decoding device
Aziz et al. Optimising compressive sensing matrix using Chicken Swarm Optimisation algorithm
CN116128070B (en) Federal learning method based on wireless air calculation and multi-bit quantization compressed sensing
WO2024065119A1 (en) Decoding method in non-finite field, and communication apparatus
CN110224798B (en) Signal receiving method network equipment
Zhu et al. An overview of multi-processor approximate message passing
WO2024087012A1 (en) Encoding apparatus and method, and decoding apparatus and method
WO2024065803A1 (en) Data compression transmission method, apparatus, device, and storage medium
Ye et al. End-to-end Physical Layer Optimization Scheme Based on Deep Learning Autoencoder
CN111786680B (en) Method and device for determining generator matrix
EP4325754A1 (en) Coding and decoding methods, communication apparatus, and system
WO2023226689A1 (en) Encoding method and apparatus, and decoding method and apparatus
WO2024065804A1 (en) Data compression and transmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2022262687A1 (en) Data processing method and apparatus